1 /* 2 ** 2001 September 15 3 ** 4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of 5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: 6 ** 7 ** May you do good and not evil. 8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. 9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. 10 ** 11 ************************************************************************* 12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". 13 ** 14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements 15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that 16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file 17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database 18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while 19 ** another is writing. 20 */ 21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO 22 #include "sqliteInt.h" 23 #include "wal.h" 24 25 26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ 27 ** 28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback 29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, 30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. 31 ** 32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced 33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. 34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS 35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. 36 ** 37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if 38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page: 39 ** 40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of 41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and 42 ** synced. 43 ** 44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. 45 ** 46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in 47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction. 48 ** 49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the 50 ** following are true: 51 ** 52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. 53 ** 54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire 55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence 56 ** number consists of a single page change. 57 ** 58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches 59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written 60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current 61 ** transaction. 62 ** 63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size 64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. 65 ** 66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and 67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the 68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file. 69 ** 70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal 71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. 72 ** 73 ** (6) If a super-journal file is used, then all writes to the database file 74 ** are synced prior to the super-journal being deleted. 75 ** 76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) 77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to 78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf 79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence 80 ** of the database. 81 ** 82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, 83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically 85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. 86 ** 87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS 88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at 89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate 90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will 91 ** invoke it.) 92 ** 93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range 94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing 95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same 96 ** database to flush their caches. 97 ** 98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less 99 ** than one billion transactions. 100 ** 101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion 102 ** of every transaction. 103 ** 104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to 105 ** the database file. 106 ** 107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any 108 ** content out of the database file. 109 ** 110 ******************************************************************************/ 111 112 /* 113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off 114 */ 115 #if 0 116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ 117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf 118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } 119 #else 120 #define PAGERTRACE(X) 121 #endif 122 123 /* 124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above 125 ** to print out file-descriptors. 126 ** 127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The 128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file 129 ** struct as its argument. 130 */ 131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd)) 132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd)) 133 134 /* 135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A 136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following 137 ** state diagram. 138 ** 139 ** OPEN <------+------+ 140 ** | | | 141 ** V | | 142 ** +---------> READER-------+ | 143 ** | | | 144 ** | V | 145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR 146 ** | | ^ 147 ** | V | 148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| 149 ** | | | 150 ** | V | 151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| 152 ** | | | 153 ** | V | 154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ 155 ** 156 ** 157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: 158 ** 159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] 160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 161 ** 162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] 163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] 164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] 165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] 166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] 167 ** 168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] 169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 170 ** 171 ** 172 ** OPEN: 173 ** 174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this 175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is 176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. 177 ** 178 ** * No read or write transaction is active. 179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. 180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. 181 ** 182 ** READER: 183 ** 184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently 186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 187 ** open. The database size is known in this state. 188 ** 189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when 190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state 191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection 192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in 193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way 194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN 195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below). 196 ** 197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). 198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. 199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables 201 ** may not be trusted at this point. 202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. 203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. 205 ** 206 ** WRITER_LOCKED: 207 ** 208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction 209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. 212 ** 213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when 215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 218 ** file. 219 ** 220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. 221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt 222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. 223 ** 224 ** * A write transaction is active. 225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 226 ** lock is held on the database file. 227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction 228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully 229 ** called). 230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. 231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. 232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open. 233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. 234 ** 235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: 236 ** 237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is 238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file 239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the 240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. 241 ** 242 ** * A write transaction is active. 243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. 244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. 246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. 247 ** 248 ** WRITER_DBMOD: 249 ** 250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state 251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections 252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, 253 ** just the log file). 254 ** 255 ** * A write transaction is active. 256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 258 ** and synced to disk. 259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly 260 ** written to disk). 261 ** 262 ** WRITER_FINISHED: 263 ** 264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. 265 ** 266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD 267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the 268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply 269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. 272 ** 273 ** * A write transaction is active. 274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. 276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to 277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need 278 ** to rollback the transaction. 279 ** 280 ** ERROR: 281 ** 282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including 283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. 286 ** 287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers 288 ** cannot. 289 ** 290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. 292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state 293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might 294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if 295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database 296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state 297 ** instead of READER following such an error. 298 ** 299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager 300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to 302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything 304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) 305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning 306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 307 ** from the error. 308 ** 309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: 310 ** 311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in 312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). 313 ** 314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file 315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). 316 ** 317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or 318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up 319 ** memory. 320 ** 321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree 322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. 324 ** 325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only 326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error 327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not 328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a 329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 330 ** state. 331 ** 332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. 333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the 334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). 335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. 336 ** 337 ** 338 ** Notes: 339 ** 340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the 341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one 342 ** of the first four states. 343 ** 344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN 345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has 346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". 348 ** 349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). 350 */ 351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0 352 #define PAGER_READER 1 353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 358 359 /* 360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on 362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by 364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. 365 ** 366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY 367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not 368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and 369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated 370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the 371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set 372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held 373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. 374 ** 375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than 377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. 378 ** 379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves 380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED 382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() 383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this 384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part 385 ** of hot-journal detection. 386 ** 387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but 390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens 391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active 392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database 393 ** without rolling it back. 394 ** 395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the 396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It 397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call 398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition 399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE 401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function 402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. 403 ** 404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 405 ** PAGER_OPEN state. 406 */ 407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) 408 409 /* 410 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 411 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. 412 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on 413 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. 414 */ 415 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 416 417 418 /* 419 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active 420 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures 421 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and 422 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). 423 ** 424 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is 425 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while 426 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 427 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main 428 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint 429 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). 430 */ 431 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; 432 struct PagerSavepoint { 433 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ 434 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ 435 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ 436 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ 437 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ 438 int bTruncateOnRelease; /* If stmt journal may be truncated on RELEASE */ 439 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 440 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ 441 #endif 442 }; 443 444 /* 445 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. 446 */ 447 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ 448 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ 449 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ 450 451 /* 452 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of 453 ** some of the more important member variables follows: 454 ** 455 ** eState 456 ** 457 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state 458 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. 459 ** 460 ** eLock 461 ** 462 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - 463 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 464 ** 465 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any 466 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such 467 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager 468 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever 469 ** need (and no reason to release them). 470 ** 471 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to 472 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for 473 ** details. 474 ** 475 ** changeCountDone 476 ** 477 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 478 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 479 ** not updated more often than necessary. 480 ** 481 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 482 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. 483 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 484 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, 485 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of 486 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. 487 ** 488 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 489 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction 490 ** committed. 491 ** 492 ** setSuper 493 ** 494 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may 495 ** (or may not) specify a super-journal name to be written into the 496 ** journal file before it is synced to disk. 497 ** 498 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a super-journal pointer affects 499 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 500 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. 501 ** If a journal file does not contain a super-journal pointer, it is 502 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If 503 ** it does contain a super-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 504 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 505 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. 506 ** 507 ** Journal files that contain super-journal pointers cannot be finalized 508 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the 509 ** super-journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any 510 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. 511 ** 512 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either 513 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the 514 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setSuper flag 515 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). 516 ** 517 ** doNotSpill 518 ** 519 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by 520 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data 521 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory). 522 ** 523 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, 524 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. 525 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that 526 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module 527 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written 528 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF 529 ** case is a user preference. 530 ** 531 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from 532 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. 533 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size 534 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync 535 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 536 ** 537 ** subjInMemory 538 ** 539 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal 540 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory 541 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. 542 ** 543 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 544 ** write-transaction is opened. 545 ** 546 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize 547 ** 548 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. 549 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for 550 ** OPEN and ERROR). 551 ** 552 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 553 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset 554 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file 555 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in 556 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). 557 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered 558 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads 559 ** to dbSize==1). 560 ** 561 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than 562 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. 563 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 564 ** dbSize is updated. 565 ** 566 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 567 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize 568 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, 569 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before 570 ** being modified. 571 ** 572 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of 573 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the 574 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made 575 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. 576 ** 577 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 578 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 579 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 580 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 581 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() 582 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. 583 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case 584 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be 585 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, 586 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. 587 ** 588 ** dbHintSize 589 ** 590 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to 591 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 592 ** 593 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a 594 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and 595 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, 596 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the 597 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 598 ** details. 599 ** 600 ** errCode 601 ** 602 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It 603 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 604 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 605 ** sub-codes. 606 ** 607 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags 608 ** 609 ** syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03). 610 ** syncFlags is used for rollback mode. walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode 611 ** and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the 612 ** lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL 613 ** file in bits 0x04 and 0x08. In other words, to get the correct sync flags 614 ** for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct 615 ** sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03). Note 616 ** that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced 617 ** meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero. 618 */ 619 struct Pager { 620 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ 621 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ 622 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ 623 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ 624 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ 625 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ 626 u8 extraSync; /* sync directory after journal delete */ 627 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ 628 u8 walSyncFlags; /* See description above */ 629 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ 630 u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ 631 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ 632 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ 633 u8 memVfs; /* VFS-implemented memory database */ 634 635 /************************************************************************** 636 ** The following block contains those class members that change during 637 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed 638 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a 639 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, 640 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe 641 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the 642 ** "configuration" of the pager. 643 */ 644 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ 645 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ 646 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ 647 u8 setSuper; /* Super-jrnl name is written into jrnl */ 648 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ 649 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ 650 u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ 651 u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */ 652 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ 653 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ 654 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ 655 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ 656 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ 657 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ 658 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ 659 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ 660 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ 661 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ 662 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ 663 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ 664 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ 665 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ 666 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ 667 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ 668 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ 669 u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */ 670 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ 671 672 int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ 673 sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ 674 PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ 675 /* 676 ** End of the routinely-changing class members 677 ***************************************************************************/ 678 679 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ 680 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ 681 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 682 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ 683 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ 684 i64 pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ 685 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ 686 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ 687 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ 688 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ 689 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ 690 int aStat[4]; /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */ 691 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 692 int nRead; /* Database pages read */ 693 #endif 694 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ 695 int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */ 696 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ 697 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ 698 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 699 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ 700 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ 701 #endif 702 }; 703 704 /* 705 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains 706 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 707 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). 708 */ 709 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 710 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 711 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 712 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3 713 714 /* 715 ** The following global variables hold counters used for 716 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in 717 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. 718 */ 719 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 720 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ 721 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ 722 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ 723 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ 724 #else 725 # define PAGER_INCR(v) 726 #endif 727 728 729 730 /* 731 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data 732 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. 733 ** 734 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity 735 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being 736 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal 737 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made 738 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional 739 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the 740 ** journal and ignore it. 741 ** 742 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists 743 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both 744 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. 745 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the 746 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, 747 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely 748 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the 749 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might 750 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which 751 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. 752 */ 753 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 754 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, 755 }; 756 757 /* 758 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by 759 ** the following macro. 760 */ 761 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) 762 763 /* 764 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 765 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). 766 */ 767 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) 768 769 /* 770 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. 771 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, 772 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize 773 ** out code that would never execute. 774 */ 775 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 776 # define MEMDB 0 777 #else 778 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb 779 #endif 780 781 /* 782 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch 783 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. 784 */ 785 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 786 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) 787 #else 788 # define USEFETCH(x) 0 789 #endif 790 791 /* 792 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). 793 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. 794 ** 795 ** This is so that expressions can be written as: 796 ** 797 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... 798 ** 799 ** instead of 800 ** 801 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... 802 */ 803 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0) 804 805 #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ 806 /* 807 ** Return true if page pgno can be read directly from the database file 808 ** by the b-tree layer. This is the case if: 809 ** 810 ** * the database file is open, 811 ** * there are no dirty pages in the cache, and 812 ** * the desired page is not currently in the wal file. 813 */ 814 int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 815 if( pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ) return 0; 816 if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager->pPCache) ) return 0; 817 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 818 if( pPager->pWal ){ 819 u32 iRead = 0; 820 int rc; 821 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead); 822 return (rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead==0); 823 } 824 #endif 825 return 1; 826 } 827 #endif 828 829 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 830 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0) 831 #else 832 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 833 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 834 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 835 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK 836 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK 837 #endif 838 839 #ifndef NDEBUG 840 /* 841 ** Usage: 842 ** 843 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 844 ** 845 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in 846 ** the internal state of the Pager object. 847 */ 848 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ 849 Pager *pPager = p; 850 851 /* State must be valid. */ 852 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN 853 || p->eState==PAGER_READER 854 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 855 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 856 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 857 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 858 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR 859 ); 860 861 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves 862 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates 863 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. 864 */ 865 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 866 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); 867 868 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 869 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. 870 */ 871 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); 872 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); 873 874 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 875 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 876 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 877 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 878 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 879 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 880 ** state. 881 */ 882 if( MEMDB ){ 883 assert( !isOpen(p->fd) ); 884 assert( p->noSync ); 885 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 886 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 887 ); 888 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); 889 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); 890 } 891 892 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held 893 ** on the file. 894 */ 895 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 896 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); 897 898 switch( p->eState ){ 899 case PAGER_OPEN: 900 assert( !MEMDB ); 901 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 902 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 903 break; 904 905 case PAGER_READER: 906 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 907 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 908 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 909 break; 910 911 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: 912 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 913 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 914 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 915 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 916 } 917 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); 918 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 919 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 920 assert( pPager->setSuper==0 ); 921 break; 922 923 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: 924 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 925 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 926 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 927 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the 928 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during 929 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off 930 ** to journal_mode=wal. 931 */ 932 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 933 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 934 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 935 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 936 ); 937 } 938 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 939 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 940 break; 941 942 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: 943 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 944 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 945 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 946 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 947 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 948 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 949 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 950 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 951 ); 952 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); 953 break; 954 955 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: 956 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 957 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 958 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 959 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 960 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 961 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 962 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 963 ); 964 break; 965 966 case PAGER_ERROR: 967 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if 968 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped 969 ** back to OPEN state. 970 */ 971 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 972 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile ); 973 break; 974 } 975 976 return 1; 977 } 978 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ 979 980 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 981 /* 982 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer 983 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This 984 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative 985 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: 986 ** 987 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) 988 ** 989 ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings 990 ** about an unused function. It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does 991 ** not appear in normal builds. 992 */ 993 char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ 994 static char zRet[1024]; 995 996 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, 997 "Filename: %s\n" 998 "State: %s errCode=%d\n" 999 "Lock: %s\n" 1000 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" 1001 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" 1002 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" 1003 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" 1004 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" 1005 , p->zFilename 1006 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : 1007 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : 1008 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : 1009 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : 1010 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : 1011 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : 1012 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" 1013 , (int)p->errCode 1014 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : 1015 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : 1016 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : 1017 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : 1018 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" 1019 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" 1020 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : 1021 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : 1022 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : 1023 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : 1024 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : 1025 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" 1026 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal 1027 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr 1028 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize 1029 ); 1030 1031 return zRet; 1032 } 1033 #endif 1034 1035 /* Forward references to the various page getters */ 1036 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1037 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1038 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1039 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1040 #endif 1041 1042 /* 1043 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch 1044 ** content from the pager. 1045 */ 1046 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){ 1047 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1048 pPager->xGet = getPageError; 1049 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1050 }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ 1051 pPager->xGet = getPageMMap; 1052 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 1053 }else{ 1054 pPager->xGet = getPageNormal; 1055 } 1056 } 1057 1058 /* 1059 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. 1060 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one 1061 ** or more open savepoints for which: 1062 ** 1063 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and 1064 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in 1065 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. 1066 */ 1067 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1068 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1069 PagerSavepoint *p; 1070 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 1071 int i; 1072 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1073 p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 1074 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ 1075 for(i=i+1; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1076 pPager->aSavepoint[i].bTruncateOnRelease = 0; 1077 } 1078 return 1; 1079 } 1080 } 1081 return 0; 1082 } 1083 1084 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 1085 /* 1086 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. 1087 */ 1088 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ 1089 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 1090 } 1091 #endif 1092 1093 /* 1094 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer 1095 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an 1096 ** error code is something goes wrong. 1097 ** 1098 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. 1099 */ 1100 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ 1101 unsigned char ac[4]; 1102 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); 1103 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1104 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); 1105 } 1106 return rc; 1107 } 1108 1109 /* 1110 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. 1111 */ 1112 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) 1113 1114 1115 /* 1116 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK 1117 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. 1118 */ 1119 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ 1120 char ac[4]; 1121 put32bits(ac, val); 1122 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); 1123 } 1124 1125 /* 1126 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK 1127 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() 1128 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. 1129 ** 1130 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1131 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 1132 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. 1133 */ 1134 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1135 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1136 1137 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); 1138 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); 1139 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 1140 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 1141 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); 1142 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1143 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1144 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1145 } 1146 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1147 } 1148 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; /* ticket fb3b3024ea238d5c */ 1149 return rc; 1150 } 1151 1152 /* 1153 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, 1154 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the 1155 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 1156 ** 1157 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1158 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1159 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 1160 ** of this. 1161 */ 1162 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1163 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1164 1165 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 1166 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1167 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1168 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ 1169 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1170 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1171 } 1172 } 1173 return rc; 1174 } 1175 1176 /* 1177 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or 1178 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The 1179 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if: 1180 ** 1181 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that 1182 ** a database page may be written atomically, and 1183 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal 1184 ** to the page size. 1185 ** 1186 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal 1187 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page. 1188 ** 1189 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics() 1190 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is 1191 ** returned in this case. 1192 ** 1193 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned. 1194 */ 1195 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ 1196 assert( !MEMDB ); 1197 1198 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \ 1199 || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) 1200 int dc; /* Device characteristics */ 1201 1202 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 1203 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 1204 #else 1205 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager); 1206 #endif 1207 1208 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 1209 if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){ 1210 return -1; 1211 } 1212 #endif 1213 1214 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 1215 { 1216 int nSector = pPager->sectorSize; 1217 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 1218 1219 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 1220 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 1221 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ 1222 return 0; 1223 } 1224 } 1225 1226 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); 1227 #endif 1228 1229 return 0; 1230 } 1231 1232 /* 1233 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking 1234 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing 1235 ** and debugging only. 1236 */ 1237 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1238 /* 1239 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. 1240 */ 1241 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ 1242 u32 hash = 0; 1243 int i; 1244 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ 1245 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; 1246 } 1247 return hash; 1248 } 1249 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1250 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); 1251 } 1252 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1253 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); 1254 } 1255 1256 /* 1257 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1258 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks 1259 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. 1260 */ 1261 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) 1262 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1263 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1264 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1265 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); 1266 } 1267 1268 #else 1269 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 1270 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 1271 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) 1272 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) 1273 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ 1274 1275 /* 1276 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. 1277 ** This function attempts to read a super-journal file name from the 1278 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 1279 ** by the caller. See comments above writeSuperJournal() for the format 1280 ** used to store a super-journal file name at the end of a journal file. 1281 ** 1282 ** zSuper must point to a buffer of at least nSuper bytes allocated by 1283 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is 1284 ** enough space to write the super-journal name). If the super-journal 1285 ** name in the journal is longer than nSuper bytes (including a 1286 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no super-journal name 1287 ** were present in the journal. 1288 ** 1289 ** If a super-journal file name is present at the end of the journal 1290 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zSuper. A 1291 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the 1292 ** super-journal file name. 1293 ** 1294 ** If it is determined that no super-journal file name is present 1295 ** zSuper[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. 1296 ** 1297 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite 1298 ** error code is returned. 1299 */ 1300 static int readSuperJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zSuper, u32 nSuper){ 1301 int rc; /* Return code */ 1302 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of super-journal name */ 1303 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ 1304 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ 1305 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 1306 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1307 zSuper[0] = '\0'; 1308 1309 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) 1310 || szJ<16 1311 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) 1312 || len>=nSuper 1313 || len>szJ-16 1314 || len==0 1315 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) 1316 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) 1317 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) 1318 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zSuper, len, szJ-16-len)) 1319 ){ 1320 return rc; 1321 } 1322 1323 /* See if the checksum matches the super-journal name */ 1324 for(u=0; u<len; u++){ 1325 cksum -= zSuper[u]; 1326 } 1327 if( cksum ){ 1328 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors 1329 ** containing the super-journal filename is corrupted. This means 1330 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) 1331 ** super-journal filename. 1332 */ 1333 len = 0; 1334 } 1335 zSuper[len] = '\0'; 1336 zSuper[len+1] = '\0'; 1337 1338 return SQLITE_OK; 1339 } 1340 1341 /* 1342 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 1343 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 1344 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. 1345 ** 1346 ** i.e for a sector size of 512: 1347 ** 1348 ** Pager.journalOff Return value 1349 ** --------------------------------------- 1350 ** 0 0 1351 ** 512 512 1352 ** 100 512 1353 ** 2000 2048 1354 ** 1355 */ 1356 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ 1357 i64 offset = 0; 1358 i64 c = pPager->journalOff; 1359 if( c ){ 1360 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1361 } 1362 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); 1363 assert( offset>=c ); 1364 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 1365 return offset; 1366 } 1367 1368 /* 1369 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. 1370 ** 1371 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to 1372 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). 1373 ** 1374 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is 1375 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, 1376 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 1377 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 1378 ** after writing or truncating it. 1379 ** 1380 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and 1381 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 1382 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the 1383 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does 1384 ** not need to be synced following this operation. 1385 ** 1386 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. 1387 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. 1388 */ 1389 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ 1390 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1391 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1392 assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ); 1393 if( pPager->journalOff ){ 1394 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ 1395 1396 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) 1397 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ 1398 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1399 }else{ 1400 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; 1401 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); 1402 } 1403 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 1404 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); 1405 } 1406 1407 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 1408 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 1409 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more 1410 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need 1411 ** to sync the file following this operation. 1412 */ 1413 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ 1414 i64 sz; 1415 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); 1416 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ 1417 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); 1418 } 1419 } 1420 } 1421 return rc; 1422 } 1423 1424 /* 1425 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal 1426 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the 1427 ** current location. 1428 ** 1429 ** The format for the journal header is as follows: 1430 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. 1431 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. 1432 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. 1433 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. 1434 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. 1435 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. 1436 ** 1437 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. 1438 */ 1439 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ 1440 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1441 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ 1442 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ 1443 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ 1444 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1445 1446 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1447 1448 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 1449 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1450 } 1451 1452 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 1453 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 1454 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. 1455 */ 1456 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1457 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ 1458 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; 1459 } 1460 } 1461 1462 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1463 1464 /* 1465 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this 1466 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. 1467 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 1468 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number 1469 ** of records (see syncJournal()). 1470 ** 1471 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When 1472 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the 1473 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption 1474 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal 1475 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios 1476 ** where this risk can be ignored: 1477 ** 1478 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a 1479 ** power failure in this case anyway. 1480 ** 1481 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees 1482 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. 1483 */ 1484 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); 1485 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) 1486 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 1487 ){ 1488 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 1489 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); 1490 }else{ 1491 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); 1492 } 1493 1494 /* The random check-hash initializer */ 1495 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); 1496 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); 1497 /* The initial database size */ 1498 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); 1499 /* The assumed sector size for this process */ 1500 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); 1501 1502 /* The page size */ 1503 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); 1504 1505 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything 1506 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing 1507 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to 1508 ** take the performance hit. 1509 */ 1510 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, 1511 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); 1512 1513 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 1514 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 1515 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 1516 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file 1517 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). 1518 ** 1519 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 1520 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, 1521 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 1522 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what 1523 ** is done. 1524 ** 1525 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 1526 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize 1527 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required 1528 ** to populate the entire journal header sector. 1529 */ 1530 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ 1531 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) 1532 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); 1533 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1534 pPager->journalOff += nHeader; 1535 } 1536 1537 return rc; 1538 } 1539 1540 /* 1541 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file 1542 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal 1543 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by 1544 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for 1545 ** a description of the journal header format. 1546 ** 1547 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of 1548 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the 1549 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit 1550 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned 1551 ** in this case. 1552 ** 1553 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is 1554 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes 1555 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. 1556 */ 1557 static int readJournalHdr( 1558 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 1559 int isHot, 1560 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ 1561 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ 1562 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ 1563 ){ 1564 int rc; /* Return code */ 1565 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1566 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ 1567 1568 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1569 1570 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the 1571 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this 1572 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. 1573 */ 1574 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1575 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ 1576 return SQLITE_DONE; 1577 } 1578 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1579 1580 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match 1581 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return 1582 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, 1583 ** proceed. 1584 */ 1585 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ 1586 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); 1587 if( rc ){ 1588 return rc; 1589 } 1590 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ 1591 return SQLITE_DONE; 1592 } 1593 } 1594 1595 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec 1596 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start 1597 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. 1598 */ 1599 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) 1600 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) 1601 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) 1602 ){ 1603 return rc; 1604 } 1605 1606 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1607 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ 1608 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ 1609 1610 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ 1611 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) 1612 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) 1613 ){ 1614 return rc; 1615 } 1616 1617 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the 1618 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize 1619 ** variable is already set to the correct page size. 1620 */ 1621 if( iPageSize==0 ){ 1622 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 1623 } 1624 1625 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields 1626 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power 1627 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 1628 ** respective compile time maximum limits. 1629 */ 1630 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 1631 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 1632 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 1633 ){ 1634 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 1635 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 1636 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 1637 ** the journal file here. 1638 */ 1639 return SQLITE_DONE; 1640 } 1641 1642 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 1643 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 1644 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. 1645 */ 1646 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); 1647 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 1648 1649 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 1650 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was 1651 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine 1652 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value 1653 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. 1654 */ 1655 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; 1656 } 1657 1658 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1659 return rc; 1660 } 1661 1662 1663 /* 1664 ** Write the supplied super-journal name into the journal file for pager 1665 ** pPager at the current location. The super-journal name must be the last 1666 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the 1667 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before 1668 ** anything is written. The format is: 1669 ** 1670 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. 1671 ** + N bytes: super-journal filename in utf-8. 1672 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of super-journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). 1673 ** + 4 bytes: super-journal name checksum. 1674 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. 1675 ** 1676 ** The super-journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in thesuper-journal 1677 ** name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. 1678 ** 1679 ** If zSuper is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 1680 ** this call is a no-op. 1681 */ 1682 static int writeSuperJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){ 1683 int rc; /* Return code */ 1684 int nSuper; /* Length of string zSuper */ 1685 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ 1686 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ 1687 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zSuper */ 1688 1689 assert( pPager->setSuper==0 ); 1690 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1691 1692 if( !zSuper 1693 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1694 || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) 1695 ){ 1696 return SQLITE_OK; 1697 } 1698 pPager->setSuper = 1; 1699 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1700 1701 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zSuper */ 1702 for(nSuper=0; zSuper[nSuper]; nSuper++){ 1703 cksum += zSuper[nSuper]; 1704 } 1705 1706 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing 1707 ** the super-journal name. This is in case the previous page written to 1708 ** the journal has already been synced. 1709 */ 1710 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 1711 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1712 } 1713 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1714 1715 /* Write the super-journal data to the end of the journal file. If 1716 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. 1717 */ 1718 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) 1719 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zSuper, nSuper, iHdrOff+4))) 1720 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper, nSuper))) 1721 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper+4, cksum))) 1722 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, 1723 iHdrOff+4+nSuper+8))) 1724 ){ 1725 return rc; 1726 } 1727 pPager->journalOff += (nSuper+20); 1728 1729 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 1730 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the super-journal name 1731 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 1732 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file 1733 ** will not be able to find the super-journal name to determine 1734 ** whether or not the journal is hot. 1735 ** 1736 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 1737 ** file to the required size. 1738 */ 1739 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) 1740 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff 1741 ){ 1742 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); 1743 } 1744 return rc; 1745 } 1746 1747 /* 1748 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. 1749 */ 1750 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ 1751 pPager->iDataVersion++; 1752 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 1753 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); 1754 } 1755 1756 /* 1757 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value 1758 */ 1759 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){ 1760 return pPager->iDataVersion; 1761 } 1762 1763 /* 1764 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both 1765 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal 1766 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. 1767 */ 1768 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ 1769 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ 1770 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1771 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 1772 } 1773 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 1774 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); 1775 } 1776 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); 1777 pPager->aSavepoint = 0; 1778 pPager->nSavepoint = 0; 1779 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 1780 } 1781 1782 /* 1783 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 1784 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful 1785 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. 1786 */ 1787 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1788 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1789 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ 1790 1791 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1792 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; 1793 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ 1794 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); 1795 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1796 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1797 } 1798 } 1799 return rc; 1800 } 1801 1802 /* 1803 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not 1804 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN 1805 ** state. 1806 ** 1807 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is 1808 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does 1809 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is 1810 ** closed (if it is open). 1811 ** 1812 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 1813 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 1814 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode 1815 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated 1816 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction 1817 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). 1818 */ 1819 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ 1820 1821 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 1822 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 1823 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 1824 ); 1825 1826 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1827 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1828 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1829 1830 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 1831 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1832 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 1833 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1834 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 1835 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ 1836 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; 1837 1838 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then 1839 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise 1840 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file 1841 ** out from under us. 1842 */ 1843 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); 1844 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); 1845 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); 1846 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); 1847 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 1848 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 1849 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) 1850 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) 1851 ){ 1852 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1853 } 1854 1855 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database 1856 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment 1857 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this 1858 ** is necessary. 1859 */ 1860 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); 1861 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ 1862 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; 1863 } 1864 1865 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here 1866 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error 1867 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. 1868 */ 1869 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1870 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1871 } 1872 1873 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be 1874 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, 1875 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both 1876 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. 1877 */ 1878 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1879 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1880 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ 1881 pager_reset(pPager); 1882 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1883 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1884 }else{ 1885 pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER); 1886 } 1887 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 1888 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; 1889 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1890 } 1891 1892 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1893 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 1894 pPager->setSuper = 0; 1895 } 1896 1897 /* 1898 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires 1899 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. 1900 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 1901 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 1902 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 1903 ** 1904 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the 1905 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code 1906 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, 1907 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. 1908 ** 1909 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 1910 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 1911 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when 1912 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need 1913 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if 1914 ** it were a hot-journal). 1915 */ 1916 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ 1917 int rc2 = rc & 0xff; 1918 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1919 assert( 1920 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || 1921 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || 1922 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR 1923 ); 1924 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ 1925 pPager->errCode = rc; 1926 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 1927 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1928 } 1929 return rc; 1930 } 1931 1932 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); 1933 1934 /* 1935 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1) 1936 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0). 1937 ** 1938 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk. 1939 ** 1940 ** Rules: 1941 ** 1942 ** * For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk. This is necessary 1943 ** for transactions to be durable. 1944 ** 1945 ** * Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing 1946 ** file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and 1947 ** when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total 1948 ** cache size. 1949 */ 1950 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){ 1951 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1; 1952 if( !bCommit ) return 0; 1953 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0; 1954 return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25); 1955 } 1956 1957 /* 1958 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 1959 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 1960 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening 1961 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a 1962 ** database transaction. 1963 ** 1964 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called 1965 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less 1966 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. 1967 ** 1968 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. 1969 ** 1970 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 1971 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 1972 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this 1973 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized 1974 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and 1975 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: 1976 ** 1977 ** journalMode==MEMORY 1978 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 1979 ** in-memory journal. 1980 ** 1981 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE 1982 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. 1983 ** 1984 ** journalMode==PERSIST 1985 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates 1986 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal 1987 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. 1988 ** 1989 ** journalMode==DELETE 1990 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). 1991 ** 1992 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing 1993 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is 1994 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under 1995 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. 1996 ** 1997 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. 1998 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 1999 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. 2000 ** 2001 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during 2002 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the 2003 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 2004 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still 2005 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the 2006 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related 2007 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is 2008 ** returned. 2009 */ 2010 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasSuper, int bCommit){ 2011 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ 2012 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ 2013 2014 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction 2015 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there 2016 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is 2017 ** held under two circumstances: 2018 ** 2019 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with 2020 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 2021 ** 2022 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 2023 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a 2024 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 2025 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. 2026 */ 2027 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2028 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2029 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ 2030 return SQLITE_OK; 2031 } 2032 2033 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 2034 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 2035 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 2036 ); 2037 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 2038 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2039 2040 /* Finalize the journal file. */ 2041 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){ 2042 /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */ 2043 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2044 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ 2045 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 2046 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2047 }else{ 2048 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 2049 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){ 2050 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away. 2051 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and 2052 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See 2053 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773 2054 */ 2055 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 2056 } 2057 } 2058 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2059 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 2060 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) 2061 ){ 2062 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasSuper||pPager->tempFile); 2063 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2064 }else{ 2065 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if 2066 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal 2067 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to 2068 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 2069 */ 2070 int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile; 2071 assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 ); 2072 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 2073 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 2074 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 2075 ); 2076 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2077 if( bDelete ){ 2078 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync); 2079 } 2080 } 2081 } 2082 2083 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 2084 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); 2085 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ 2086 PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1); 2087 if( p ){ 2088 p->pageHash = 0; 2089 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); 2090 } 2091 } 2092 #endif 2093 2094 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 2095 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 2096 pPager->nRec = 0; 2097 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2098 if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){ 2099 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 2100 }else{ 2101 sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache); 2102 } 2103 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); 2104 } 2105 2106 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2107 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 2108 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 2109 ** lock held on the database file. 2110 */ 2111 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 2112 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); 2113 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ 2114 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal 2115 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. 2116 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 2117 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the 2118 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum 2119 ** required size. */ 2120 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2121 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); 2122 } 2123 2124 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){ 2125 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); 2126 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 2127 } 2128 2129 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 2130 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) 2131 ){ 2132 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 2133 } 2134 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 2135 pPager->setSuper = 0; 2136 2137 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); 2138 } 2139 2140 /* 2141 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 2142 ** database file. 2143 ** 2144 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 2145 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The 2146 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock 2147 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 2148 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 2149 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 2150 ** will roll it back. 2151 ** 2152 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or 2153 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 2154 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the 2155 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. 2156 */ 2157 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ 2158 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ 2159 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2160 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 2161 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 2162 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); 2163 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 2164 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 2165 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 2166 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 2167 } 2168 } 2169 pager_unlock(pPager); 2170 } 2171 2172 /* 2173 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes 2174 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 2175 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. 2176 ** 2177 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 2178 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte 2179 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). 2180 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. 2181 ** 2182 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an 2183 ** incompatible journal file format. 2184 ** 2185 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 2186 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 2187 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be 2188 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, 2189 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. 2190 */ 2191 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ 2192 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ 2193 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ 2194 while( i>0 ){ 2195 cksum += aData[i]; 2196 i -= 200; 2197 } 2198 return cksum; 2199 } 2200 2201 /* 2202 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or 2203 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. 2204 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset 2205 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. 2206 ** 2207 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 2208 ** not. 2209 ** 2210 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file 2211 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is 2212 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. 2213 ** 2214 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already 2215 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back 2216 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. 2217 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set 2218 ** prior to returning. 2219 ** 2220 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file 2221 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs 2222 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing 2223 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data 2224 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be 2225 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in 2226 ** two circumstances: 2227 ** 2228 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or 2229 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file 2230 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. 2231 ** 2232 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. 2233 ** 2234 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically 2235 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, 2236 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. 2237 */ 2238 static int pager_playback_one_page( 2239 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ 2240 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ 2241 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ 2242 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ 2243 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ 2244 ){ 2245 int rc; 2246 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ 2247 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ 2248 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ 2249 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ 2250 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ 2251 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ 2252 2253 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ 2254 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ 2255 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ 2256 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ 2257 2258 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2259 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ 2260 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); 2261 2262 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 2263 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is 2264 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager 2265 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback 2266 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. 2267 */ 2268 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 2269 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 2270 ); 2271 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); 2272 2273 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal 2274 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. 2275 */ 2276 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; 2277 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); 2278 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2279 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); 2280 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2281 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; 2282 2283 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally 2284 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, 2285 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to 2286 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. 2287 */ 2288 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 2289 assert( !isSavepnt ); 2290 return SQLITE_DONE; 2291 } 2292 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ 2293 return SQLITE_OK; 2294 } 2295 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2296 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); 2297 if( rc ) return rc; 2298 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ 2299 return SQLITE_DONE; 2300 } 2301 } 2302 2303 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current 2304 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. 2305 */ 2306 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2307 return rc; 2308 } 2309 2310 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting 2311 */ 2312 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ 2313 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; 2314 } 2315 2316 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this 2317 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, 2318 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. 2319 ** 2320 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode 2321 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may 2322 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs 2323 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache 2324 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not 2325 ** assert()able. 2326 ** 2327 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the 2328 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 2329 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for 2330 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty 2331 ** if the pager is in OPEN state. 2332 ** 2333 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is 2334 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. 2335 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement 2336 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a 2337 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know 2338 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback 2339 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the 2340 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can 2341 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be 2342 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be 2343 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced 2344 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else 2345 ** the page is marked as needSync==0. 2346 ** 2347 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it 2348 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. 2349 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. 2350 */ 2351 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2352 pPg = 0; 2353 }else{ 2354 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 2355 } 2356 assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); 2357 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 2358 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", 2359 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), 2360 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") 2361 )); 2362 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2363 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); 2364 }else{ 2365 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 2366 } 2367 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2368 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2369 && isSynced 2370 ){ 2371 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2372 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); 2373 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2374 2375 /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file. 2376 ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data 2377 ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception 2378 ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that 2379 ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database 2380 ** file. */ 2381 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2382 2383 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 2384 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 2385 } 2386 if( pPager->pBackup ){ 2387 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2388 } 2389 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ 2390 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to 2391 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential 2392 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 2393 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 2394 ** current. 2395 ** 2396 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite 2397 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 2398 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then 2399 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). 2400 ** 2401 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing 2402 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 2403 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 2404 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. 2405 */ 2406 assert( isSavepnt ); 2407 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); 2408 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2409 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); 2410 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); 2411 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2412 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2413 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 2414 } 2415 if( pPg ){ 2416 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except 2417 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the 2418 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result 2419 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to 2420 ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). 2421 */ 2422 void *pData; 2423 pData = pPg->pData; 2424 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); 2425 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2426 /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here. But 2427 ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache 2428 ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so 2429 ** has been removed. */ 2430 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 2431 2432 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. 2433 ** Do this before any decoding. */ 2434 if( pgno==1 ){ 2435 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2436 } 2437 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 2438 } 2439 return rc; 2440 } 2441 2442 /* 2443 ** Parameter zSuper is the name of a super-journal file. A single journal 2444 ** file that referred to the super-journal file has just been rolled back. 2445 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the super-journal file, 2446 ** and does so if it is. 2447 ** 2448 ** Argument zSuper may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 2449 ** available for use within this function. 2450 ** 2451 ** When a super-journal file is created, it is populated with the names 2452 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 2453 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 2454 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a super-journal 2455 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: 2456 ** 2457 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" 2458 ** 2459 ** A super-journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 2460 ** journals have been rolled back. 2461 ** 2462 ** This function reads the contents of the super-journal file into 2463 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For 2464 ** each child journal, it checks if: 2465 ** 2466 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so 2467 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to super-journal 2468 ** file zSuper 2469 ** 2470 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria 2471 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if 2472 ** no such child journal can be found, file zSuper is deleted from 2473 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2474 ** 2475 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This 2476 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation 2477 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 2478 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2479 ** 2480 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load 2481 ** the entire contents of the super-journal file. This could be 2482 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 2483 ** size. 2484 */ 2485 static int pager_delsuper(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){ 2486 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2487 int rc; /* Return code */ 2488 sqlite3_file *pSuper; /* Malloc'd super-journal file descriptor */ 2489 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ 2490 char *zSuperJournal = 0; /* Contents of super-journal file */ 2491 i64 nSuperJournal; /* Size of super-journal file */ 2492 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ 2493 char *zSuperPtr; /* Space to hold super-journal filename */ 2494 char *zFree = 0; /* Free this buffer */ 2495 int nSuperPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zSuperPtr[] */ 2496 2497 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pSuper file descriptors. 2498 ** If successful, open the super-journal file for reading. 2499 */ 2500 pSuper = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); 2501 if( !pSuper ){ 2502 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2503 pJournal = 0; 2504 }else{ 2505 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL); 2506 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zSuper, pSuper, flags, 0); 2507 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pSuper) + pVfs->szOsFile); 2508 } 2509 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out; 2510 2511 /* Load the entire super-journal file into space obtained from 2512 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zSuperJournal. Also obtain 2513 ** sufficient space (in zSuperPtr) to hold the names of super-journal 2514 ** files extracted from regular rollback-journals. 2515 */ 2516 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pSuper, &nSuperJournal); 2517 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out; 2518 nSuperPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 2519 zFree = sqlite3Malloc(4 + nSuperJournal + nSuperPtr + 2); 2520 if( !zFree ){ 2521 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2522 goto delsuper_out; 2523 } 2524 zFree[0] = zFree[1] = zFree[2] = zFree[3] = 0; 2525 zSuperJournal = &zFree[4]; 2526 zSuperPtr = &zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+2]; 2527 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pSuper, zSuperJournal, (int)nSuperJournal, 0); 2528 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out; 2529 zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal] = 0; 2530 zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+1] = 0; 2531 2532 zJournal = zSuperJournal; 2533 while( (zJournal-zSuperJournal)<nSuperJournal ){ 2534 int exists; 2535 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 2536 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2537 goto delsuper_out; 2538 } 2539 if( exists ){ 2540 /* One of the journals pointed to by the super-journal exists. 2541 ** Open it and check if it points at the super-journal. If 2542 ** so, return without deleting the super-journal file. 2543 ** NB: zJournal is really a MAIN_JOURNAL. But call it a 2544 ** SUPER_JOURNAL here so that the VFS will not send the zJournal 2545 ** name into sqlite3_database_file_object(). 2546 */ 2547 int c; 2548 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL); 2549 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); 2550 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2551 goto delsuper_out; 2552 } 2553 2554 rc = readSuperJournal(pJournal, zSuperPtr, nSuperPtr); 2555 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); 2556 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2557 goto delsuper_out; 2558 } 2559 2560 c = zSuperPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zSuperPtr, zSuper)==0; 2561 if( c ){ 2562 /* We have a match. Do not delete the super-journal file. */ 2563 goto delsuper_out; 2564 } 2565 } 2566 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); 2567 } 2568 2569 sqlite3OsClose(pSuper); 2570 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 0); 2571 2572 delsuper_out: 2573 sqlite3_free(zFree); 2574 if( pSuper ){ 2575 sqlite3OsClose(pSuper); 2576 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); 2577 sqlite3_free(pSuper); 2578 } 2579 return rc; 2580 } 2581 2582 2583 /* 2584 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 2585 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, 2586 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). 2587 ** 2588 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either 2589 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 2590 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 2591 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS 2592 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. 2593 ** 2594 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 2595 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 2596 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 2597 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 2598 ** the end of the new file instead. 2599 ** 2600 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying 2601 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. 2602 */ 2603 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 2604 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2605 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2606 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); 2607 2608 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2609 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2610 ){ 2611 i64 currentSize, newSize; 2612 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 2613 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2614 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ 2615 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); 2616 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; 2617 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ 2618 if( currentSize>newSize ){ 2619 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); 2620 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ 2621 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2622 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); 2623 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); 2624 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); 2625 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); 2626 } 2627 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2628 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; 2629 } 2630 } 2631 } 2632 return rc; 2633 } 2634 2635 /* 2636 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The 2637 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2638 */ 2639 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ 2640 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); 2641 if( iRet<32 ){ 2642 iRet = 512; 2643 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ 2644 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); 2645 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; 2646 } 2647 return iRet; 2648 } 2649 2650 /* 2651 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given 2652 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method 2653 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 2654 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 2655 ** super-journal pointers within created journal files. 2656 ** 2657 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. 2658 ** 2659 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is 2660 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if 2661 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it 2662 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2663 ** 2664 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set 2665 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of 2666 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that 2667 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in 2668 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero 2669 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector 2670 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, 2671 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. 2672 */ 2673 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ 2674 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 2675 2676 if( pPager->tempFile 2677 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 2678 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 2679 ){ 2680 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file 2681 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() 2682 ** call will segfault. */ 2683 pPager->sectorSize = 512; 2684 }else{ 2685 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); 2686 } 2687 } 2688 2689 /* 2690 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to 2691 ** the state it was in before we started making changes. 2692 ** 2693 ** The journal file format is as follows: 2694 ** 2695 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. 2696 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records 2697 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the 2698 ** number of page records from the journal size. 2699 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 2700 ** sanity checksum. 2701 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the 2702 ** database to during a rollback. 2703 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header 2704 ** is this many bytes in size. 2705 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. 2706 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. 2707 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: 2708 ** + 4 byte page number. 2709 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. 2710 ** + 4 byte checksum 2711 ** 2712 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. 2713 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. 2714 ** 2715 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of 2716 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the 2717 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power 2718 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the 2719 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but 2720 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, 2721 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For 2722 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. 2723 ** 2724 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed 2725 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the 2726 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption 2727 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be 2728 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. 2729 ** 2730 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed 2731 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled 2732 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file 2733 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had 2734 ** been encountered. 2735 ** 2736 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted 2737 ** and an error code is returned. 2738 ** 2739 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal 2740 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is 2741 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. 2742 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling 2743 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is 2744 ** needed. 2745 */ 2746 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ 2747 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2748 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ 2749 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ 2750 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 2751 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ 2752 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ 2753 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ 2754 char *zSuper = 0; /* Name of super-journal file if any */ 2755 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ 2756 int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ 2757 u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 2758 2759 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if 2760 ** the journal is empty. 2761 */ 2762 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 2763 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); 2764 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2765 goto end_playback; 2766 } 2767 2768 /* Read the super-journal name from the journal, if it is present. 2769 ** If a super-journal file name is specified, but the file is not 2770 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be 2771 ** played back. 2772 ** 2773 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that 2774 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that 2775 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, 2776 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value 2777 ** for pageSize. 2778 */ 2779 zSuper = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2780 rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2781 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] ){ 2782 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zSuper, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); 2783 } 2784 zSuper = 0; 2785 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ 2786 goto end_playback; 2787 } 2788 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2789 needPagerReset = isHot; 2790 2791 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 2792 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 2793 ** occurs. 2794 */ 2795 while( 1 ){ 2796 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are 2797 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or 2798 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. 2799 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. 2800 */ 2801 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); 2802 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2803 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2804 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2805 } 2806 goto end_playback; 2807 } 2808 2809 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process 2810 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal 2811 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute 2812 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. 2813 */ 2814 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ 2815 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 2816 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2817 } 2818 2819 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this 2820 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means 2821 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been 2822 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining 2823 ** size of the file. 2824 ** 2825 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. 2826 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next 2827 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But 2828 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in 2829 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional 2830 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 2831 ** should be computed based on the journal file size. 2832 */ 2833 if( nRec==0 && !isHot && 2834 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ 2835 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2836 } 2837 2838 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the 2839 ** database file back to its original size. 2840 */ 2841 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 2842 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); 2843 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2844 goto end_playback; 2845 } 2846 pPager->dbSize = mxPg; 2847 } 2848 2849 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 2850 ** database file and/or page cache. 2851 */ 2852 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ 2853 if( needPagerReset ){ 2854 pager_reset(pPager); 2855 needPagerReset = 0; 2856 } 2857 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); 2858 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2859 nPlayback++; 2860 }else{ 2861 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2862 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 2863 break; 2864 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2865 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and 2866 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was 2867 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that 2868 ** case, the database should have never been written in the 2869 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ 2870 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2871 goto end_playback; 2872 }else{ 2873 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error 2874 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state 2875 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next 2876 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. 2877 */ 2878 goto end_playback; 2879 } 2880 } 2881 } 2882 } 2883 /*NOTREACHED*/ 2884 assert( 0 ); 2885 2886 end_playback: 2887 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2888 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1); 2889 } 2890 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original 2891 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the 2892 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the 2893 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. 2894 */ 2895 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 2896 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); 2897 #endif 2898 2899 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 2900 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 2901 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 2902 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 2903 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not 2904 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency 2905 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just 2906 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. 2907 */ 2908 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 2909 2910 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2911 /* Leave 4 bytes of space before the super-journal filename in memory. 2912 ** This is because it may end up being passed to sqlite3OsOpen(), in 2913 ** which case it requires 4 0x00 bytes in memory immediately before 2914 ** the filename. */ 2915 zSuper = &pPager->pTmpSpace[4]; 2916 rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2917 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2918 } 2919 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 2920 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2921 ){ 2922 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); 2923 } 2924 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2925 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zSuper[0]!='\0', 0); 2926 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2927 } 2928 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] && res ){ 2929 /* If there was a super-journal and this routine will return success, 2930 ** see if it is possible to delete the super-journal. 2931 */ 2932 assert( zSuper==&pPager->pTmpSpace[4] ); 2933 memset(&zSuper[-4], 0, 4); 2934 rc = pager_delsuper(pPager, zSuper); 2935 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2936 } 2937 if( isHot && nPlayback ){ 2938 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", 2939 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); 2940 } 2941 2942 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling 2943 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size 2944 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. 2945 */ 2946 setSectorSize(pPager); 2947 return rc; 2948 } 2949 2950 2951 /* 2952 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of 2953 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into 2954 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database 2955 ** file before this function is called. 2956 ** 2957 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to 2958 ** the value read from the database file. 2959 ** 2960 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. 2961 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2962 */ 2963 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 2964 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ 2965 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 2966 2967 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2968 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */ 2969 2970 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); 2971 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 2972 2973 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2974 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); 2975 if( rc ) return rc; 2976 } 2977 if( iFrame ){ 2978 rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData); 2979 }else 2980 #endif 2981 { 2982 i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2983 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset); 2984 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2985 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2986 } 2987 } 2988 2989 if( pPg->pgno==1 ){ 2990 if( rc ){ 2991 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something 2992 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy 2993 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be 2994 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 2995 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling 2996 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. 2997 ** 2998 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes 2999 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of 3000 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so 3001 ** we should still be ok. 3002 */ 3003 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 3004 }else{ 3005 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; 3006 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 3007 } 3008 } 3009 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); 3010 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); 3011 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)); 3012 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 3013 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); 3014 3015 return rc; 3016 } 3017 3018 /* 3019 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in 3020 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. 3021 ** 3022 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() 3023 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually 3024 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. 3025 */ 3026 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ 3027 u32 change_counter; 3028 if( NEVER(pPg==0) ) return; 3029 3030 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ 3031 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; 3032 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); 3033 3034 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in 3035 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number 3036 ** is valid. */ 3037 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); 3038 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); 3039 } 3040 3041 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3042 /* 3043 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 3044 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. 3045 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 3046 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. 3047 ** 3048 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, 3049 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding 3050 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the 3051 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 3052 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 3053 */ 3054 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ 3055 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3056 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; 3057 PgHdr *pPg; 3058 3059 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3060 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); 3061 if( pPg ){ 3062 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ 3063 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 3064 }else{ 3065 rc = readDbPage(pPg); 3066 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3067 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 3068 } 3069 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 3070 } 3071 } 3072 3073 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are 3074 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the 3075 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as 3076 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one 3077 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 3078 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, 3079 ** the backups must be restarted. 3080 */ 3081 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 3082 3083 return rc; 3084 } 3085 3086 /* 3087 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. 3088 */ 3089 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ 3090 int rc; /* Return Code */ 3091 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ 3092 3093 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already 3094 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 3095 ** following: 3096 ** 3097 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or 3098 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). 3099 */ 3100 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; 3101 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); 3102 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3103 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3104 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 3105 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); 3106 pList = pNext; 3107 } 3108 3109 return rc; 3110 } 3111 3112 /* 3113 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging 3114 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), 3115 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have 3116 ** changed. 3117 ** 3118 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. 3119 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. 3120 */ 3121 static int pagerWalFrames( 3122 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3123 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ 3124 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ 3125 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ 3126 ){ 3127 int rc; /* Return code */ 3128 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ 3129 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ 3130 3131 assert( pPager->pWal ); 3132 assert( pList ); 3133 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 3134 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ 3135 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ 3136 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); 3137 } 3138 #endif 3139 3140 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); 3141 if( isCommit ){ 3142 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing 3143 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. 3144 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty 3145 ** list here. */ 3146 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; 3147 nList = 0; 3148 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ 3149 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ 3150 ppNext = &p->pDirty; 3151 nList++; 3152 } 3153 } 3154 assert( pList ); 3155 }else{ 3156 nList = 1; 3157 } 3158 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; 3159 3160 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 3161 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 3162 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags 3163 ); 3164 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ 3165 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3166 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); 3167 } 3168 } 3169 3170 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 3171 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3172 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3173 pager_set_pagehash(p); 3174 } 3175 #endif 3176 3177 return rc; 3178 } 3179 3180 /* 3181 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. 3182 ** 3183 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially 3184 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves 3185 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by 3186 ** other writers or checkpointers. 3187 */ 3188 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ 3189 int rc; /* Return code */ 3190 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ 3191 3192 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3193 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 3194 3195 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous 3196 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we 3197 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, 3198 ** the duplicate call is harmless. 3199 */ 3200 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 3201 3202 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); 3203 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ 3204 pager_reset(pPager); 3205 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 3206 } 3207 3208 return rc; 3209 } 3210 #endif 3211 3212 /* 3213 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN 3214 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file 3215 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). 3216 ** 3217 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database 3218 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps 3219 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. 3220 */ 3221 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ 3222 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ 3223 3224 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() 3225 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or 3226 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not 3227 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or 3228 ** contains no valid committed transactions. 3229 */ 3230 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3231 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3232 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 3233 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 3234 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); 3235 3236 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the 3237 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of 3238 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an 3239 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result. 3240 */ 3241 if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){ 3242 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ 3243 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); 3244 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3245 return rc; 3246 } 3247 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); 3248 } 3249 3250 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the 3251 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so 3252 ** that the file can be read. 3253 */ 3254 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ 3255 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; 3256 } 3257 3258 *pnPage = nPage; 3259 return SQLITE_OK; 3260 } 3261 3262 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3263 /* 3264 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager 3265 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does 3266 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. 3267 ** 3268 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager 3269 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and 3270 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to 3271 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. 3272 ** 3273 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. 3274 ** 3275 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this 3276 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 3277 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 3278 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 3279 ** other connection. 3280 */ 3281 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ 3282 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3283 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3284 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3285 3286 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 3287 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ 3288 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 3289 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal 3290 ); 3291 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3292 if( isWal ){ 3293 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ 3294 3295 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 3296 if( rc ) return rc; 3297 if( nPage==0 ){ 3298 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); 3299 }else{ 3300 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 3301 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); 3302 } 3303 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 3304 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; 3305 } 3306 } 3307 } 3308 return rc; 3309 } 3310 #endif 3311 3312 /* 3313 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback 3314 ** the entire super-journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 3315 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 3316 ** savepoint. 3317 ** 3318 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 3319 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, 3320 ** performed in the order specified: 3321 ** 3322 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte 3323 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 3324 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal 3325 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. 3326 ** 3327 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played 3328 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following 3329 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. 3330 ** 3331 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting 3332 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of 3333 ** the journal file. 3334 ** 3335 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the 3336 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the 3337 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only 3338 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. 3339 ** 3340 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main 3341 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. 3342 ** 3343 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable 3344 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 3345 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value 3346 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. 3347 */ 3348 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ 3349 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ 3350 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ 3351 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3352 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ 3353 3354 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 3355 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 3356 3357 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ 3358 if( pSavepoint ){ 3359 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); 3360 if( !pDone ){ 3361 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3362 } 3363 } 3364 3365 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 3366 ** being reverted was opened. 3367 */ 3368 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; 3369 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 3370 3371 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3372 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); 3373 } 3374 3375 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback 3376 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in 3377 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything 3378 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. 3379 */ 3380 szJ = pPager->journalOff; 3381 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); 3382 3383 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at 3384 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. 3385 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number 3386 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those 3387 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they 3388 ** are played back. 3389 */ 3390 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3391 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; 3392 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; 3393 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ 3394 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3395 } 3396 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3397 }else{ 3398 pPager->journalOff = 0; 3399 } 3400 3401 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at 3402 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end 3403 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and 3404 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. 3405 */ 3406 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ 3407 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3408 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ 3409 u32 dummy; 3410 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); 3411 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3412 3413 /* 3414 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" 3415 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the 3416 ** pager_playback() function for additional information. 3417 */ 3418 if( nJRec==0 3419 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff 3420 ){ 3421 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 3422 } 3423 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ 3424 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3425 } 3426 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3427 } 3428 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); 3429 3430 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were 3431 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) 3432 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. 3433 */ 3434 if( pSavepoint ){ 3435 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3436 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 3437 3438 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3439 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); 3440 } 3441 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ 3442 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); 3443 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); 3444 } 3445 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3446 } 3447 3448 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); 3449 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3450 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 3451 } 3452 3453 return rc; 3454 } 3455 3456 /* 3457 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3458 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages. 3459 */ 3460 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3461 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3462 } 3463 3464 /* 3465 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3466 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal. 3467 */ 3468 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3469 return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3470 } 3471 3472 /* 3473 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. 3474 */ 3475 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ 3476 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3477 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 3478 if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ 3479 sqlite3_int64 sz; 3480 sz = pPager->szMmap; 3481 pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); 3482 setGetterMethod(pPager); 3483 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); 3484 } 3485 #endif 3486 } 3487 3488 /* 3489 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. 3490 */ 3491 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ 3492 pPager->szMmap = szMmap; 3493 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3494 } 3495 3496 /* 3497 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. 3498 */ 3499 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ 3500 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); 3501 } 3502 3503 /* 3504 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. 3505 ** 3506 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness 3507 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by 3508 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. 3509 ** There are four levels: 3510 ** 3511 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default 3512 ** for temporary and transient files. 3513 ** 3514 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the 3515 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but 3516 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, 3517 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal 3518 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database 3519 ** when it is rolled back. 3520 ** 3521 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the 3522 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field 3523 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two 3524 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a 3525 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides 3526 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the 3527 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. 3528 ** 3529 ** EXTRA This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory 3530 ** that contains the rollback journal after the rollback 3531 ** journal is unlinked. 3532 ** 3533 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues 3534 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced 3535 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced 3536 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL 3537 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for 3538 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL 3539 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the 3540 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. There is no difference between FULL 3541 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode. 3542 ** 3543 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The 3544 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync 3545 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an 3546 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 3547 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the 3548 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when 3549 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. 3550 ** 3551 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, 3552 ** and FULL=3. 3553 */ 3554 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS 3555 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( 3556 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ 3557 unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ 3558 ){ 3559 unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; 3560 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 3561 pPager->noSync = 1; 3562 pPager->fullSync = 0; 3563 pPager->extraSync = 0; 3564 }else{ 3565 pPager->noSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0; 3566 pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0; 3567 pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0; 3568 } 3569 if( pPager->noSync ){ 3570 pPager->syncFlags = 0; 3571 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ 3572 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3573 }else{ 3574 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3575 } 3576 pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2); 3577 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 3578 pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags; 3579 } 3580 if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){ 3581 pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2); 3582 } 3583 if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ 3584 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3585 }else{ 3586 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3587 } 3588 } 3589 #endif 3590 3591 /* 3592 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library 3593 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for 3594 ** testing and analysis only. 3595 */ 3596 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3597 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; 3598 #endif 3599 3600 /* 3601 ** Open a temporary file. 3602 ** 3603 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 3604 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 3605 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. 3606 ** 3607 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified 3608 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: 3609 ** 3610 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 3611 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 3612 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 3613 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 3614 */ 3615 static int pagerOpentemp( 3616 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ 3617 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ 3618 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ 3619 ){ 3620 int rc; /* Return code */ 3621 3622 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3623 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ 3624 #endif 3625 3626 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | 3627 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 3628 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); 3629 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); 3630 return rc; 3631 } 3632 3633 /* 3634 ** Set the busy handler function. 3635 ** 3636 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 3637 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, 3638 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 3639 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from 3640 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE 3641 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: 3642 ** 3643 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler 3644 ** -------------------------------------------------------- 3645 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes 3646 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No 3647 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No 3648 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes 3649 ** 3650 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 3651 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is 3652 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. 3653 */ 3654 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler( 3655 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3656 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ 3657 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ 3658 ){ 3659 void **ap; 3660 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; 3661 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; 3662 ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; 3663 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); 3664 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); 3665 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); 3666 } 3667 3668 /* 3669 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 3670 ** is passed in *pPageSize. 3671 ** 3672 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it 3673 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 3674 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). 3675 ** 3676 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: 3677 ** 3678 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 3679 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and 3680 ** 3681 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and 3682 ** 3683 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is 3684 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. 3685 ** 3686 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. 3687 ** 3688 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 3689 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 3690 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 3691 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3692 ** 3693 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated 3694 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this 3695 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 3696 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. 3697 */ 3698 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ 3699 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3700 3701 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this 3702 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state 3703 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. 3704 ** 3705 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 3706 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that 3707 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function 3708 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. 3709 */ 3710 3711 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; 3712 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); 3713 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) 3714 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 3715 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 3716 ){ 3717 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ 3718 i64 nByte = 0; 3719 3720 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3721 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); 3722 } 3723 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3724 /* 8 bytes of zeroed overrun space is sufficient so that the b-tree 3725 * cell header parser will never run off the end of the allocation */ 3726 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize+8); 3727 if( !pNew ){ 3728 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3729 }else{ 3730 memset(pNew+pageSize, 0, 8); 3731 } 3732 } 3733 3734 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3735 pager_reset(pPager); 3736 rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); 3737 } 3738 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3739 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 3740 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; 3741 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); 3742 pPager->pageSize = pageSize; 3743 }else{ 3744 sqlite3PageFree(pNew); 3745 } 3746 } 3747 3748 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 3749 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3750 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; 3751 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); 3752 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; 3753 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3754 } 3755 return rc; 3756 } 3757 3758 /* 3759 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally 3760 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the 3761 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally 3762 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback 3763 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as 3764 ** no rollbacks are happening. 3765 */ 3766 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ 3767 return pPager->pTmpSpace; 3768 } 3769 3770 /* 3771 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 3772 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the 3773 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. 3774 ** 3775 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. 3776 */ 3777 Pgno sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, Pgno mxPage){ 3778 if( mxPage>0 ){ 3779 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; 3780 } 3781 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ 3782 /* assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); */ 3783 /* OP_MaxPgcnt ensures that the parameter passed to this function is not 3784 ** less than the total number of valid pages in the database. But this 3785 ** may be less than Pager.dbSize, and so the assert() above is not valid */ 3786 return pPager->mxPgno; 3787 } 3788 3789 /* 3790 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated 3791 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated 3792 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. 3793 ** 3794 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops 3795 ** and generate no code. 3796 */ 3797 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3798 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3799 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; 3800 static int saved_cnt; 3801 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3802 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3803 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; 3804 } 3805 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3806 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; 3807 } 3808 #else 3809 # define disable_simulated_io_errors() 3810 # define enable_simulated_io_errors() 3811 #endif 3812 3813 /* 3814 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory 3815 ** that pDest points to. 3816 ** 3817 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or 3818 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is 3819 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 3820 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or 3821 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. 3822 ** 3823 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, 3824 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the 3825 ** output buffer undefined. 3826 */ 3827 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ 3828 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3829 memset(pDest, 0, N); 3830 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3831 3832 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating 3833 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition 3834 ** to WAL mode yet. 3835 */ 3836 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3837 3838 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3839 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) 3840 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); 3841 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3842 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3843 } 3844 } 3845 return rc; 3846 } 3847 3848 /* 3849 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on 3850 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. 3851 ** 3852 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 3853 ** this is considered a 1 page file. 3854 */ 3855 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ 3856 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 3857 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); 3858 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; 3859 } 3860 3861 3862 /* 3863 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If 3864 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op 3865 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). 3866 ** 3867 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 3868 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 3869 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 3870 ** obtain the lock succeeds. 3871 ** 3872 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain 3873 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 3874 ** variable to locktype before returning. 3875 */ 3876 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ 3877 int rc; /* Return code */ 3878 3879 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 3880 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler 3881 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above 3882 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). 3883 */ 3884 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) 3885 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) 3886 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 3887 ); 3888 3889 do { 3890 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); 3891 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); 3892 return rc; 3893 } 3894 3895 /* 3896 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 3897 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: 3898 ** 3899 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 3900 ** current database image, in pages, OR 3901 ** 3902 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not 3903 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal. 3904 ** 3905 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the 3906 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() 3907 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to 3908 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after 3909 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current 3910 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either 3911 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 3912 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the 3913 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 3914 ** this circumstance cannot arise. 3915 */ 3916 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 3917 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ 3918 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 3919 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 3920 if( pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize ){ /* if (a) is false */ 3921 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 3922 int i; 3923 for(i=0; i<pPg->pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 3924 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 3925 assert( p->nOrig<pgno || sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint,pgno) ); 3926 } 3927 } 3928 } 3929 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ 3930 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); 3931 } 3932 #else 3933 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) 3934 #endif 3935 3936 /* 3937 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 3938 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 3939 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 3940 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. 3941 ** 3942 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. 3943 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be 3944 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and 3945 ** then continue writing to the database. 3946 */ 3947 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 3948 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage || CORRUPT_DB ); 3949 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 3950 pPager->dbSize = nPage; 3951 3952 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to 3953 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, 3954 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 3955 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled 3956 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only 3957 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 3958 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 3959 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call 3960 ** is no longer correct. */ 3961 } 3962 3963 3964 /* 3965 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It 3966 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the 3967 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows 3968 ** that the entire journal file has been synced. 3969 ** 3970 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 3971 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that 3972 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal 3973 ** content as this process. 3974 ** 3975 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 3976 ** an SQLite error code. 3977 */ 3978 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ 3979 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3980 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 3981 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); 3982 } 3983 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3984 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); 3985 } 3986 return rc; 3987 } 3988 3989 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3990 /* 3991 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 3992 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). 3993 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference 3994 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set 3995 ** *ppPage to zero. 3996 ** 3997 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released 3998 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). 3999 */ 4000 static int pagerAcquireMapPage( 4001 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 4002 Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ 4003 void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ 4004 PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ 4005 ){ 4006 PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ 4007 4008 if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ 4009 *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 4010 pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; 4011 p->pDirty = 0; 4012 assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 ); 4013 memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8); 4014 }else{ 4015 *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); 4016 if( p==0 ){ 4017 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); 4018 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4019 } 4020 p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; 4021 p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; 4022 p->nRef = 1; 4023 p->pPager = pPager; 4024 } 4025 4026 assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); 4027 assert( p->pPage==0 ); 4028 assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); 4029 assert( p->pPager==pPager ); 4030 assert( p->nRef==1 ); 4031 4032 p->pgno = pgno; 4033 p->pData = pData; 4034 pPager->nMmapOut++; 4035 4036 return SQLITE_OK; 4037 } 4038 #endif 4039 4040 /* 4041 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 4042 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). 4043 */ 4044 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4045 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4046 pPager->nMmapOut--; 4047 pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 4048 pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; 4049 4050 assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); 4051 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); 4052 } 4053 4054 /* 4055 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. 4056 */ 4057 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ 4058 PgHdr *p; 4059 PgHdr *pNext; 4060 for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ 4061 pNext = p->pDirty; 4062 sqlite3_free(p); 4063 } 4064 } 4065 4066 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from 4067 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought 4068 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error 4069 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. 4070 */ 4071 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ 4072 int bHasMoved = 0; 4073 int rc; 4074 4075 if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; 4076 if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; 4077 assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); 4078 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); 4079 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ 4080 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file 4081 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to 4082 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ 4083 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4084 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ 4085 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; 4086 } 4087 return rc; 4088 } 4089 4090 4091 /* 4092 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. 4093 ** 4094 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that 4095 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated 4096 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated 4097 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely 4098 ** result in a coredump. 4099 ** 4100 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt 4101 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 4102 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned 4103 ** to the caller. 4104 */ 4105 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 4106 u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace; 4107 assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 4108 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4109 disable_simulated_io_errors(); 4110 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4111 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); 4112 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ 4113 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; 4114 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4115 { 4116 u8 *a = 0; 4117 assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 ); 4118 if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) 4119 && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager) 4120 ){ 4121 a = pTmp; 4122 } 4123 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a); 4124 pPager->pWal = 0; 4125 } 4126 #endif 4127 pager_reset(pPager); 4128 if( MEMDB ){ 4129 pager_unlock(pPager); 4130 }else{ 4131 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. 4132 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 4133 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 4134 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. 4135 ** 4136 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager 4137 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the 4138 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it 4139 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal 4140 ** rollback before accessing the database file. 4141 */ 4142 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 4143 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); 4144 } 4145 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 4146 } 4147 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4148 enable_simulated_io_errors(); 4149 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4150 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) 4151 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4152 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4153 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); 4154 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); 4155 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); 4156 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); 4157 4158 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4159 return SQLITE_OK; 4160 } 4161 4162 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) 4163 /* 4164 ** Return the page number for page pPg. 4165 */ 4166 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ 4167 return pPg->pgno; 4168 } 4169 #endif 4170 4171 /* 4172 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. 4173 */ 4174 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ 4175 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); 4176 } 4177 4178 /* 4179 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have 4180 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the 4181 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. 4182 ** 4183 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. 4184 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 4185 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: 4186 ** 4187 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need 4188 ** be taken. 4189 ** 4190 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, 4191 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header 4192 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have 4193 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync 4194 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. 4195 ** 4196 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 4197 ** journal file is synced. 4198 ** 4199 ** Or, in pseudo-code: 4200 ** 4201 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ 4202 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ 4203 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); 4204 ** <update nRec field> 4205 ** } 4206 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); 4207 ** } 4208 ** 4209 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 4210 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO 4211 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. 4212 */ 4213 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ 4214 int rc; /* Return code */ 4215 4216 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4217 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4218 ); 4219 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4220 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4221 4222 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 4223 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4224 4225 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4226 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 4227 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 4228 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4229 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 4230 4231 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4232 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection 4233 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal 4234 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger 4235 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal 4236 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the 4237 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 4238 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 4239 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 4240 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 4241 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all 4242 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, 4243 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. 4244 ** 4245 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain 4246 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 4247 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. 4248 ** 4249 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this 4250 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 4251 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of 4252 ** the potential journal header. 4253 */ 4254 i64 iNextHdrOffset; 4255 u8 aMagic[8]; 4256 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; 4257 4258 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 4259 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); 4260 4261 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 4262 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); 4263 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ 4264 static const u8 zerobyte = 0; 4265 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); 4266 } 4267 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4268 return rc; 4269 } 4270 4271 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in 4272 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that 4273 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark 4274 ** it as a candidate for rollback. 4275 ** 4276 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the 4277 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 4278 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field 4279 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written 4280 ** and never needs to be updated. 4281 */ 4282 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4283 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4284 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4285 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 4286 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4287 } 4288 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); 4289 rc = sqlite3OsWrite( 4290 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr 4291 ); 4292 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4293 } 4294 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4295 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4296 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4297 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 4298 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) 4299 ); 4300 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4301 } 4302 4303 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4304 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4305 pPager->nRec = 0; 4306 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 4307 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4308 } 4309 }else{ 4310 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4311 } 4312 } 4313 4314 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 4315 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 4316 ** all pages. 4317 */ 4318 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); 4319 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; 4320 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4321 return SQLITE_OK; 4322 } 4323 4324 /* 4325 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected 4326 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the 4327 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may 4328 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is 4329 ** a no-op. 4330 ** 4331 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function 4332 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock 4333 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, 4334 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. 4335 ** 4336 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file 4337 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 4338 ** written out. 4339 ** 4340 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, 4341 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing 4342 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: 4343 ** 4344 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or 4345 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. 4346 ** 4347 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize 4348 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached 4349 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in 4350 ** the database file. 4351 ** 4352 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4353 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot 4354 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. 4355 */ 4356 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ 4357 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4358 4359 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ 4360 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4361 assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 4362 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 4363 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 ); 4364 4365 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It 4366 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch 4367 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. 4368 */ 4369 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 4370 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4371 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); 4372 } 4373 4374 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final 4375 ** file size will be. 4376 */ 4377 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4378 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 4379 && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize 4380 && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) 4381 ){ 4382 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; 4383 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); 4384 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 4385 } 4386 4387 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4388 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; 4389 4390 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater 4391 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to 4392 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write 4393 ** any such pages to the file. 4394 ** 4395 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag 4396 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). 4397 */ 4398 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ 4399 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ 4400 char *pData; /* Data to write */ 4401 4402 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4403 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 4404 4405 pData = pList->pData; 4406 4407 /* Write out the page data. */ 4408 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); 4409 4410 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match 4411 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 4412 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 4413 */ 4414 if( pgno==1 ){ 4415 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 4416 } 4417 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 4418 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 4419 } 4420 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 4421 4422 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ 4423 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); 4424 4425 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 4426 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); 4427 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 4428 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); 4429 }else{ 4430 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); 4431 } 4432 pager_set_pagehash(pList); 4433 pList = pList->pDirty; 4434 } 4435 4436 return rc; 4437 } 4438 4439 /* 4440 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 4441 ** function is a no-op. 4442 ** 4443 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 4444 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 4445 ** fails. 4446 */ 4447 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4448 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4449 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 4450 const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 4451 | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 4452 | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 4453 int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 4454 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4455 nStmtSpill = -1; 4456 } 4457 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill); 4458 } 4459 return rc; 4460 } 4461 4462 /* 4463 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 4464 ** 4465 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs 4466 ** for all open savepoints before returning. 4467 ** 4468 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO 4469 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 4470 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint 4471 ** bitvec. 4472 */ 4473 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4474 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4475 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4476 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 4477 4478 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ 4479 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4480 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4481 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); 4482 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 4483 || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 4484 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 4485 ); 4486 rc = openSubJournal(pPager); 4487 4488 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), 4489 ** write the journal record into the file. */ 4490 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4491 void *pData = pPg->pData; 4492 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 4493 char *pData2; 4494 pData2 = pData; 4495 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4496 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); 4497 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4498 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); 4499 } 4500 } 4501 } 4502 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4503 pPager->nSubRec++; 4504 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); 4505 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 4506 } 4507 return rc; 4508 } 4509 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ 4510 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 4511 return subjournalPage(pPg); 4512 }else{ 4513 return SQLITE_OK; 4514 } 4515 } 4516 4517 /* 4518 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some 4519 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object 4520 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory 4521 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 4522 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page 4523 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 4524 ** argument. 4525 ** 4526 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents 4527 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the 4528 ** journal file. 4529 ** 4530 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and 4531 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the 4532 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be 4533 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK 4534 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. 4535 */ 4536 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ 4537 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; 4538 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4539 4540 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 4541 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 4542 4543 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of 4544 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs 4545 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple 4546 ** pages belonging to the same sector. 4547 ** 4548 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling 4549 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during 4550 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. 4551 ** 4552 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could 4553 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it 4554 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 4555 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to 4556 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() 4557 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. 4558 */ 4559 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; 4560 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); 4561 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); 4562 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); 4563 if( pPager->doNotSpill 4564 && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 4565 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) 4566 ){ 4567 return SQLITE_OK; 4568 } 4569 4570 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++; 4571 pPg->pDirty = 0; 4572 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 4573 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ 4574 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 4575 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4576 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); 4577 } 4578 }else{ 4579 4580 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 4581 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ 4582 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 4583 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4584 } 4585 #endif 4586 4587 /* Sync the journal file if required. */ 4588 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 4589 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4590 ){ 4591 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); 4592 } 4593 4594 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ 4595 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4596 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4597 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); 4598 } 4599 } 4600 4601 /* Mark the page as clean. */ 4602 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4603 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4604 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 4605 } 4606 4607 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4608 } 4609 4610 /* 4611 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk. 4612 */ 4613 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ 4614 int rc = pPager->errCode; 4615 if( !MEMDB ){ 4616 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 4617 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4618 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4619 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 4620 if( pList->nRef==0 ){ 4621 rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList); 4622 } 4623 pList = pNext; 4624 } 4625 } 4626 4627 return rc; 4628 } 4629 4630 /* 4631 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it 4632 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it 4633 ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). 4634 ** 4635 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. 4636 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created 4637 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted 4638 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 4639 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 4640 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. 4641 ** 4642 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated 4643 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user 4644 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. When a new page is allocated, the 4645 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized. 4646 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.) 4647 ** 4648 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the 4649 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination 4650 ** of the PAGER_* flags. 4651 ** 4652 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter 4653 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 4654 ** 4655 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 4656 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to 4657 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL 4658 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM 4659 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 4660 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. 4661 */ 4662 int sqlite3PagerOpen( 4663 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ 4664 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ 4665 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ 4666 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ 4667 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ 4668 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 4669 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ 4670 ){ 4671 u8 *pPtr; 4672 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ 4673 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4674 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ 4675 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ 4676 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DESERIALIZE 4677 int memJM = 0; /* Memory journal mode */ 4678 #else 4679 # define memJM 0 4680 #endif 4681 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ 4682 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ 4683 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ 4684 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ 4685 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ 4686 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ 4687 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ 4688 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ 4689 int nUriByte = 1; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ 4690 int nUri = 0; /* Number of URI parameters */ 4691 4692 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle 4693 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). */ 4694 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); 4695 4696 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ 4697 *ppPager = 0; 4698 4699 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 4700 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ 4701 memDb = 1; 4702 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4703 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); 4704 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4705 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4706 zFilename = 0; 4707 } 4708 } 4709 #endif 4710 4711 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed 4712 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, 4713 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. 4714 */ 4715 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4716 const char *z; 4717 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 4718 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); 4719 if( zPathname==0 ){ 4720 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4721 } 4722 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ 4723 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); 4724 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4725 if( rc==SQLITE_OK_SYMLINK ){ 4726 if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW ){ 4727 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK; 4728 }else{ 4729 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4730 } 4731 } 4732 } 4733 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4734 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; 4735 while( *z ){ 4736 z += strlen(z)+1; 4737 z += strlen(z)+1; 4738 nUri++; 4739 } 4740 nUriByte = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); 4741 assert( nUriByte>=1 ); 4742 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ 4743 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by 4744 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname 4745 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, 4746 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even 4747 ** check for a hot-journal before reading. 4748 */ 4749 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 4750 } 4751 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4752 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4753 return rc; 4754 } 4755 } 4756 4757 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the 4758 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 4759 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: 4760 ** 4761 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) 4762 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) 4763 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) 4764 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4765 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4766 ** Ptr back to the Pager (sizeof(Pager*) bytes) 4767 ** \0\0\0\0 database prefix (4 bytes) 4768 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) 4769 ** URI query parameters (nUriByte bytes) 4770 ** Journal filename (nPathname+8+1 bytes) 4771 ** WAL filename (nPathname+4+1 bytes) 4772 ** \0\0\0 terminator (3 bytes) 4773 ** 4774 ** Some 3rd-party software, over which we have no control, depends on 4775 ** the specific order of the filenames and the \0 separators between them 4776 ** so that it can (for example) find the database filename given the WAL 4777 ** filename without using the sqlite3_filename_database() API. This is a 4778 ** misuse of SQLite and a bug in the 3rd-party software, but the 3rd-party 4779 ** software is in widespread use, so we try to avoid changing the filename 4780 ** order and formatting if possible. In particular, the details of the 4781 ** filename format expected by 3rd-party software should be as follows: 4782 ** 4783 ** - Main Database Path 4784 ** - \0 4785 ** - Multiple URI components consisting of: 4786 ** - Key 4787 ** - \0 4788 ** - Value 4789 ** - \0 4790 ** - \0 4791 ** - Journal Path 4792 ** - \0 4793 ** - WAL Path (zWALName) 4794 ** - \0 4795 ** 4796 ** The sqlite3_create_filename() interface and the databaseFilename() utility 4797 ** that is used by sqlite3_filename_database() and kin also depend on the 4798 ** specific formatting and order of the various filenames, so if the format 4799 ** changes here, be sure to change it there as well. 4800 */ 4801 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( 4802 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ 4803 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ 4804 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ 4805 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ 4806 sizeof(pPager) + /* Space to hold a pointer */ 4807 4 + /* Database prefix */ 4808 nPathname + 1 + /* database filename */ 4809 nUriByte + /* query parameters */ 4810 nPathname + 8 + 1 + /* Journal filename */ 4811 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4812 nPathname + 4 + 1 + /* WAL filename */ 4813 #endif 4814 3 /* Terminator */ 4815 ); 4816 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); 4817 if( !pPtr ){ 4818 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4819 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4820 } 4821 pPager = (Pager*)pPtr; pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)); 4822 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)pPtr; pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize); 4823 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr; pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile); 4824 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr; pPtr += journalFileSize; 4825 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr; pPtr += journalFileSize; 4826 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); 4827 memcpy(pPtr, &pPager, sizeof(pPager)); pPtr += sizeof(pPager); 4828 4829 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and pPager.zQueryParam fields */ 4830 pPtr += 4; /* Skip zero prefix */ 4831 pPager->zFilename = (char*)pPtr; 4832 if( nPathname>0 ){ 4833 memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname); pPtr += nPathname + 1; 4834 if( zUri ){ 4835 memcpy(pPtr, zUri, nUriByte); pPtr += nUriByte; 4836 }else{ 4837 pPtr++; 4838 } 4839 } 4840 4841 4842 /* Fill in Pager.zJournal */ 4843 if( nPathname>0 ){ 4844 pPager->zJournal = (char*)pPtr; 4845 memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname); pPtr += nPathname; 4846 memcpy(pPtr, "-journal",8); pPtr += 8 + 1; 4847 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES 4848 sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename,pPager->zJournal); 4849 pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zJournal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zJournal)+1); 4850 #endif 4851 }else{ 4852 pPager->zJournal = 0; 4853 } 4854 4855 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4856 /* Fill in Pager.zWal */ 4857 if( nPathname>0 ){ 4858 pPager->zWal = (char*)pPtr; 4859 memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname); pPtr += nPathname; 4860 memcpy(pPtr, "-wal", 4); pPtr += 4 + 1; 4861 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES 4862 sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename, pPager->zWal); 4863 pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zWal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zWal)+1); 4864 #endif 4865 }else{ 4866 pPager->zWal = 0; 4867 } 4868 #endif 4869 (void)pPtr; /* Suppress warning about unused pPtr value */ 4870 4871 if( nPathname ) sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4872 pPager->pVfs = pVfs; 4873 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; 4874 4875 /* Open the pager file. 4876 */ 4877 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4878 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ 4879 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); 4880 assert( !memDb ); 4881 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DESERIALIZE 4882 pPager->memVfs = memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0; 4883 #endif 4884 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0; 4885 4886 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, 4887 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the 4888 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: 4889 ** 4890 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, 4891 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() 4892 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. 4893 */ 4894 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4895 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4896 if( !readOnly ){ 4897 setSectorSize(pPager); 4898 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); 4899 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ 4900 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ 4901 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; 4902 }else{ 4903 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; 4904 } 4905 } 4906 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 4907 { 4908 int ii; 4909 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 4910 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 4911 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); 4912 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ 4913 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ 4914 szPageDflt = ii; 4915 } 4916 } 4917 } 4918 #endif 4919 } 4920 pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "nolock", 0); 4921 if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 4922 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ 4923 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; 4924 goto act_like_temp_file; 4925 } 4926 } 4927 }else{ 4928 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. 4929 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually 4930 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). 4931 ** 4932 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory 4933 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to 4934 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. 4935 ** 4936 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. 4937 */ 4938 act_like_temp_file: 4939 tempFile = 1; 4940 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ 4941 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */ 4942 pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ 4943 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4944 } 4945 4946 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 4947 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. 4948 */ 4949 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4950 assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); 4951 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); 4952 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 4953 } 4954 4955 /* Initialize the PCache object. */ 4956 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4957 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); 4958 assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 ); 4959 rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, 4960 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); 4961 } 4962 4963 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file. 4964 */ 4965 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4966 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4967 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 4968 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4969 return rc; 4970 } 4971 4972 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); 4973 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) 4974 4975 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; 4976 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ 4977 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ 4978 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ 4979 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ 4980 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ 4981 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ 4982 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; 4983 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ 4984 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ 4985 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; 4986 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 4987 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 4988 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); 4989 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 4990 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 4991 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; 4992 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; 4993 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); 4994 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; 4995 if( pPager->noSync ){ 4996 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); 4997 assert( pPager->extraSync==0 ); 4998 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); 4999 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); 5000 }else{ 5001 pPager->fullSync = 1; 5002 pPager->extraSync = 0; 5003 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 5004 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2); 5005 } 5006 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ 5007 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ 5008 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ 5009 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; 5010 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; 5011 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); 5012 setSectorSize(pPager); 5013 if( !useJournal ){ 5014 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; 5015 }else if( memDb || memJM ){ 5016 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; 5017 } 5018 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ 5019 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ 5020 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; 5021 setGetterMethod(pPager); 5022 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ 5023 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ 5024 5025 *ppPager = pPager; 5026 return SQLITE_OK; 5027 } 5028 5029 /* 5030 ** Return the sqlite3_file for the main database given the name 5031 ** of the corresonding WAL or Journal name as passed into 5032 ** xOpen. 5033 */ 5034 sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char *zName){ 5035 Pager *pPager; 5036 while( zName[-1]!=0 || zName[-2]!=0 || zName[-3]!=0 || zName[-4]!=0 ){ 5037 zName--; 5038 } 5039 pPager = *(Pager**)(zName - 4 - sizeof(Pager*)); 5040 return pPager->fd; 5041 } 5042 5043 5044 /* 5045 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to 5046 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in 5047 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 5048 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal 5049 ** file exists if the following criteria are met: 5050 ** 5051 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and 5052 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and 5053 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and 5054 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. 5055 ** 5056 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file 5057 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior 5058 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is 5059 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK 5060 ** is returned. 5061 ** 5062 ** This routine does not check if there is a super-journal filename 5063 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that super-journal file 5064 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this 5065 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() 5066 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 5067 ** will not roll it back. 5068 ** 5069 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 5070 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is 5071 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying 5072 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error 5073 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. 5074 */ 5075 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ 5076 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5077 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5078 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ 5079 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); 5080 5081 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 5082 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 5083 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5084 5085 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & 5086 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 5087 )); 5088 5089 *pExists = 0; 5090 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5091 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 5092 } 5093 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ 5094 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ 5095 5096 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the 5097 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 5098 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before 5099 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that 5100 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when 5101 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will 5102 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. 5103 */ 5104 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); 5105 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ 5106 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ 5107 5108 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 5109 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 5110 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5111 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the 5112 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where 5113 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial 5114 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. 5115 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care 5116 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to 5117 ** journal_mode=PERSIST. 5118 */ 5119 if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ 5120 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5121 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ 5122 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 5123 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5124 } 5125 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5126 }else{ 5127 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved 5128 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is 5129 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. 5130 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 5131 ** it can be ignored. 5132 */ 5133 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5134 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5135 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); 5136 } 5137 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5138 u8 first = 0; 5139 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); 5140 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5141 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5142 } 5143 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5144 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5145 } 5146 *pExists = (first!=0); 5147 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ 5148 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if 5149 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or 5150 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in 5151 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. 5152 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the 5153 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal 5154 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to 5155 ** worry so much with race conditions. 5156 */ 5157 *pExists = 1; 5158 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5159 } 5160 } 5161 } 5162 } 5163 } 5164 5165 return rc; 5166 } 5167 5168 /* 5169 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. 5170 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function 5171 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when 5172 ** this function is called, it is a no-op. 5173 ** 5174 ** The following operations are also performed by this function. 5175 ** 5176 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held 5177 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a 5178 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining 5179 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, 5180 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 5181 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking 5182 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and 5183 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. 5184 ** 5185 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently 5186 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, 5187 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding 5188 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal 5189 ** file. 5190 ** 5191 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 5192 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 5193 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. 5194 */ 5195 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ 5196 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5197 5198 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no 5199 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either 5200 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 5201 ** exclusive access mode. */ 5202 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 5203 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5204 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5205 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5206 5207 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ 5208 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ 5209 5210 assert( !MEMDB ); 5211 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 5212 5213 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5214 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5215 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 5216 goto failed; 5217 } 5218 5219 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the 5220 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. 5221 */ 5222 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ 5223 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); 5224 } 5225 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5226 goto failed; 5227 } 5228 if( bHotJournal ){ 5229 if( pPager->readOnly ){ 5230 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; 5231 goto failed; 5232 } 5233 5234 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is 5235 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the 5236 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the 5237 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the 5238 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 5239 ** hot-journal back. 5240 ** 5241 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any 5242 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 5243 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 5244 ** on the database file. 5245 ** 5246 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is 5247 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. 5248 */ 5249 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5250 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5251 goto failed; 5252 } 5253 5254 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 5255 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 5256 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 5257 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 5258 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 5259 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). 5260 ** 5261 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 5262 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 5263 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 5264 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this 5265 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. 5266 */ 5267 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5268 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5269 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ 5270 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 5271 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); 5272 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ 5273 int fout = 0; 5274 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5275 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 5276 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); 5277 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5278 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ 5279 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 5280 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5281 } 5282 } 5283 } 5284 5285 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write 5286 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before 5287 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with 5288 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing 5289 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal 5290 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync 5291 ** the journal before playing it back. 5292 */ 5293 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5294 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5295 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); 5296 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5297 rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile); 5298 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 5299 } 5300 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 5301 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5302 } 5303 5304 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5305 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open 5306 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5307 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock 5308 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be 5309 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 5310 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 5311 ** 5312 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to 5313 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition 5314 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, 5315 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very 5316 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling 5317 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible 5318 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 5319 ** references. 5320 */ 5321 pager_error(pPager, rc); 5322 goto failed; 5323 } 5324 5325 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5326 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) 5327 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) 5328 ); 5329 } 5330 5331 if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){ 5332 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to 5333 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed, 5334 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from 5335 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a 5336 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up. 5337 ** 5338 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning 5339 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are 5340 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The 5341 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when 5342 ** a codec is in use. 5343 ** 5344 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 5345 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that 5346 ** it can be neglected. 5347 */ 5348 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; 5349 5350 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); 5351 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); 5352 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5353 if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5354 goto failed; 5355 } 5356 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); 5357 } 5358 5359 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ 5360 pager_reset(pPager); 5361 5362 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes 5363 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back 5364 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. 5365 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears 5366 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this 5367 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ 5368 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ 5369 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 5370 } 5371 } 5372 } 5373 5374 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL 5375 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. 5376 */ 5377 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); 5378 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 5379 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5380 #endif 5381 } 5382 5383 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5384 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5385 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); 5386 } 5387 5388 if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5389 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); 5390 } 5391 5392 failed: 5393 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5394 assert( !MEMDB ); 5395 pager_unlock(pPager); 5396 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5397 }else{ 5398 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 5399 pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1; 5400 } 5401 return rc; 5402 } 5403 5404 /* 5405 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active 5406 ** transaction and unlock the pager. 5407 ** 5408 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in 5409 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is 5410 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. 5411 */ 5412 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ 5413 if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){ 5414 assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */ 5415 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 5416 } 5417 } 5418 5419 /* 5420 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a 5421 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is 5422 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. 5423 ** 5424 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending 5425 ** on the current state of the pager. 5426 ** 5427 ** getPageNormal() -- The normal getter 5428 ** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state 5429 ** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled 5430 ** 5431 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 5432 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data 5433 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may 5434 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing 5435 ** object with no outstanding references. 5436 ** 5437 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 5438 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 5439 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra 5440 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. 5441 ** 5442 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if 5443 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the 5444 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 5445 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 5446 ** page is initialized to all zeros. 5447 ** 5448 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about 5449 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: 5450 ** 5451 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and 5452 ** 5453 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load 5454 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read 5455 ** from the savepoint journal. 5456 ** 5457 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead 5458 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding 5459 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the 5460 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open 5461 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any 5462 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents 5463 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. 5464 ** 5465 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, 5466 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. 5467 ** 5468 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt 5469 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already 5470 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() 5471 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it 5472 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. 5473 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks 5474 ** or journal files. 5475 */ 5476 static int getPageNormal( 5477 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5478 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5479 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5480 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5481 ){ 5482 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5483 PgHdr *pPg; 5484 u8 noContent; /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */ 5485 sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase; 5486 5487 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5488 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5489 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5490 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5491 5492 if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5493 pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3); 5494 if( pBase==0 ){ 5495 pPg = 0; 5496 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase); 5497 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5498 if( pBase==0 ){ 5499 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5500 goto pager_acquire_err; 5501 } 5502 } 5503 pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase); 5504 assert( pPg==(*ppPage) ); 5505 assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); 5506 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); 5507 5508 noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0; 5509 if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ 5510 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of 5511 ** the page. Return without further ado. */ 5512 assert( pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5513 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; 5514 return SQLITE_OK; 5515 5516 }else{ 5517 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 5518 ** be initialized. But first some error checks: 5519 ** 5520 ** (*) obsolete. Was: maximum page number is 2^31 5521 ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page 5522 */ 5523 if( pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5524 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5525 goto pager_acquire_err; 5526 } 5527 5528 pPg->pPager = pPager; 5529 5530 assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB ); 5531 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){ 5532 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ 5533 rc = SQLITE_FULL; 5534 goto pager_acquire_err; 5535 } 5536 if( noContent ){ 5537 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. 5538 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 5539 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure 5540 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 5541 ** a bit in a bit vector. 5542 */ 5543 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5544 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5545 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); 5546 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5547 } 5548 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); 5549 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5550 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5551 } 5552 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); 5553 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 5554 }else{ 5555 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 5556 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; 5557 rc = readDbPage(pPg); 5558 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5559 goto pager_acquire_err; 5560 } 5561 } 5562 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5563 } 5564 return SQLITE_OK; 5565 5566 pager_acquire_err: 5567 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 5568 if( pPg ){ 5569 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 5570 } 5571 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5572 *ppPage = 0; 5573 return rc; 5574 } 5575 5576 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 5577 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */ 5578 static int getPageMMap( 5579 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5580 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5581 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5582 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5583 ){ 5584 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5585 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5586 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5587 5588 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except 5589 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY 5590 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 5591 ** temporary or in-memory database. */ 5592 const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 5593 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) 5594 ); 5595 5596 assert( USEFETCH(pPager) ); 5597 5598 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here 5599 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" 5600 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the 5601 ** common case where pgno is large. */ 5602 if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){ 5603 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5604 } 5605 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5606 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5607 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5608 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5609 5610 if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5611 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5612 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5613 *ppPage = 0; 5614 return rc; 5615 } 5616 } 5617 if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ 5618 void *pData = 0; 5619 rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 5620 (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData 5621 ); 5622 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ 5623 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){ 5624 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 5625 } 5626 if( pPg==0 ){ 5627 rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); 5628 }else{ 5629 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); 5630 } 5631 if( pPg ){ 5632 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5633 *ppPage = pPg; 5634 return SQLITE_OK; 5635 } 5636 } 5637 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5638 *ppPage = 0; 5639 return rc; 5640 } 5641 } 5642 return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5643 } 5644 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 5645 5646 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */ 5647 static int getPageError( 5648 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5649 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5650 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5651 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5652 ){ 5653 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno); 5654 UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); 5655 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 5656 *ppPage = 0; 5657 return pPager->errCode; 5658 } 5659 5660 5661 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method. 5662 */ 5663 int sqlite3PagerGet( 5664 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5665 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5666 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5667 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5668 ){ 5669 /* printf("PAGE %u\n", pgno); fflush(stdout); */ 5670 return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5671 } 5672 5673 /* 5674 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do 5675 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, 5676 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 5677 ** 5678 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine 5679 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read 5680 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine 5681 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 5682 ** has ever happened. 5683 */ 5684 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 5685 sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; 5686 assert( pPager!=0 ); 5687 assert( pgno!=0 ); 5688 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); 5689 pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0); 5690 assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ); 5691 if( pPage==0 ) return 0; 5692 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage); 5693 } 5694 5695 /* 5696 ** Release a page reference. 5697 ** 5698 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be 5699 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page. 5700 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first 5701 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1. 5702 ** 5703 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1. This latter routine 5704 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of 5705 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock. 5706 */ 5707 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ 5708 TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; ) 5709 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5710 if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ 5711 assert( pPg->pgno!=1 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */ 5712 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); 5713 }else{ 5714 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5715 } 5716 /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */ 5717 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); 5718 } 5719 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ 5720 if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 5721 } 5722 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){ 5723 Pager *pPager; 5724 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5725 assert( pPg->pgno==1 ); 5726 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */ 5727 pPager = pPg->pPager; 5728 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5729 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5730 } 5731 5732 /* 5733 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. 5734 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 5735 ** file when this routine is called. 5736 ** 5737 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header 5738 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal 5739 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 5740 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 5741 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. 5742 ** 5743 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), 5744 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the 5745 ** already open file. 5746 ** 5747 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the 5748 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. 5749 ** 5750 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 5751 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 5752 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. 5753 */ 5754 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ 5755 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5756 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ 5757 5758 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5759 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5760 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5761 5762 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on 5763 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in 5764 ** an error state. */ 5765 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5766 5767 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5768 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 5769 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ 5770 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5771 } 5772 5773 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ 5774 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5775 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 5776 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); 5777 }else{ 5778 int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE; 5779 int nSpill; 5780 5781 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 5782 flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL); 5783 nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 5784 }else{ 5785 flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5786 nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager); 5787 } 5788 5789 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when 5790 ** it was originally opened. */ 5791 rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); 5792 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5793 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen ( 5794 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill 5795 ); 5796 } 5797 } 5798 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5799 } 5800 5801 5802 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 5803 ** the sub-journal if necessary. 5804 */ 5805 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5806 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ 5807 pPager->nRec = 0; 5808 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5809 pPager->setSuper = 0; 5810 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 5811 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 5812 } 5813 } 5814 5815 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5816 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 5817 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 5818 }else{ 5819 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5820 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; 5821 } 5822 5823 return rc; 5824 } 5825 5826 /* 5827 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 5828 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. 5829 ** 5830 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED 5831 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least 5832 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 5833 ** functions need be called. 5834 ** 5835 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened 5836 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This 5837 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when 5838 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a 5839 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required 5840 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 5841 ** or using a temporary file otherwise. 5842 */ 5843 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ 5844 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5845 5846 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; 5847 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); 5848 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; 5849 5850 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 5851 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5852 5853 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5854 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an 5855 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. 5856 */ 5857 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ 5858 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5859 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5860 return rc; 5861 } 5862 (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); 5863 } 5864 5865 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to 5866 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. 5867 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already 5868 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. 5869 */ 5870 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 5871 }else{ 5872 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter 5873 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5874 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE 5875 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. 5876 */ 5877 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 5878 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ 5879 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5880 } 5881 } 5882 5883 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5884 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. 5885 ** 5886 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD 5887 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. 5888 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 5889 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 5890 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 5891 ** WAL mode. 5892 */ 5893 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; 5894 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 5895 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; 5896 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; 5897 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5898 } 5899 5900 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5901 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5902 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5903 } 5904 5905 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 5906 return rc; 5907 } 5908 5909 /* 5910 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal. 5911 */ 5912 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ 5913 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5914 int rc; 5915 u32 cksum; 5916 char *pData2; 5917 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; 5918 5919 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that 5920 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies 5921 ** that we do not. */ 5922 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5923 5924 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); 5925 pData2 = pPg->pData; 5926 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); 5927 5928 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the 5929 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. 5930 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in 5931 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored 5932 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, 5933 ** then corruption may follow. 5934 */ 5935 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5936 5937 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); 5938 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5939 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); 5940 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5941 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); 5942 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5943 5944 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 5945 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); 5946 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); 5947 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", 5948 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5949 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); 5950 5951 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; 5952 pPager->nRec++; 5953 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); 5954 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 5955 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5956 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5957 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 5958 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5959 return rc; 5960 } 5961 5962 /* 5963 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 5964 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into 5965 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 5966 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs 5967 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. 5968 */ 5969 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ 5970 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5971 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5972 5973 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 5974 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. 5975 ** It is never called in the ERROR state. 5976 */ 5977 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5978 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5979 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5980 ); 5981 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5982 assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); 5983 assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); 5984 CHECK_PAGE(pPg); 5985 5986 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already 5987 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the 5988 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. 5989 ** 5990 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 5991 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then 5992 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state 5993 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. 5994 */ 5995 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 5996 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); 5997 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5998 } 5999 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 6000 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6001 6002 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */ 6003 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 6004 6005 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about 6006 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off 6007 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC. 6008 */ 6009 assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 6010 if( pPager->pInJournal!=0 6011 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0 6012 ){ 6013 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 6014 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 6015 rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg); 6016 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6017 return rc; 6018 } 6019 }else{ 6020 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ 6021 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6022 } 6023 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", 6024 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 6025 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); 6026 } 6027 } 6028 6029 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list 6030 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now, 6031 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the 6032 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. 6033 */ 6034 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6035 6036 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, 6037 ** then write the page into the statement journal. 6038 */ 6039 if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){ 6040 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 6041 } 6042 6043 /* Update the database size and return. */ 6044 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ 6045 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; 6046 } 6047 return rc; 6048 } 6049 6050 /* 6051 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size 6052 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that 6053 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of 6054 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of 6055 ** a write. 6056 ** 6057 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which 6058 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the 6059 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size. 6060 */ 6061 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ 6062 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6063 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ 6064 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ 6065 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ 6066 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 6067 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ 6068 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */ 6069 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); 6070 6071 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow 6072 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by 6073 ** this function. 6074 */ 6075 assert( !MEMDB ); 6076 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); 6077 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 6078 6079 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are 6080 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier 6081 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. 6082 */ 6083 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; 6084 6085 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; 6086 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ 6087 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; 6088 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ 6089 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; 6090 }else{ 6091 nPage = nPagePerSector; 6092 } 6093 assert(nPage>0); 6094 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); 6095 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); 6096 6097 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ 6098 Pgno pg = pg1+ii; 6099 PgHdr *pPage; 6100 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ 6101 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 6102 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0); 6103 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6104 rc = pager_write(pPage); 6105 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 6106 needSync = 1; 6107 } 6108 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6109 } 6110 } 6111 }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ 6112 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 6113 needSync = 1; 6114 } 6115 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6116 } 6117 } 6118 6119 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 6120 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because 6121 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the 6122 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them 6123 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. 6124 */ 6125 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ 6126 assert( !MEMDB ); 6127 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ 6128 PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii); 6129 if( pPage ){ 6130 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6131 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6132 } 6133 } 6134 } 6135 6136 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); 6137 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 6138 return rc; 6139 } 6140 6141 /* 6142 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 6143 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 6144 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 6145 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. 6146 ** 6147 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this 6148 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages 6149 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages 6150 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. 6151 ** 6152 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned 6153 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6154 */ 6155 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6156 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6157 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); 6158 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6159 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6160 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){ 6161 if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 6162 return SQLITE_OK; 6163 }else if( pPager->errCode ){ 6164 return pPager->errCode; 6165 }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ 6166 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 6167 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg); 6168 }else{ 6169 return pager_write(pPg); 6170 } 6171 } 6172 6173 /* 6174 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed 6175 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok 6176 ** to change the content of the page. 6177 */ 6178 #ifndef NDEBUG 6179 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ 6180 return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6181 } 6182 #endif 6183 6184 /* 6185 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to 6186 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though 6187 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when 6188 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its 6189 ** content no longer matters. 6190 ** 6191 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data 6192 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so 6193 ** that it does not get written to disk. 6194 ** 6195 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 6196 ** DELETE operations. 6197 ** 6198 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may 6199 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if 6200 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need 6201 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the 6202 ** current transaction is rolled back. 6203 */ 6204 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6205 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6206 if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ 6207 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); 6208 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) 6209 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; 6210 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6211 testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ); 6212 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 6213 } 6214 } 6215 6216 /* 6217 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 6218 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 6219 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at 6220 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. 6221 ** 6222 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. 6223 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. 6224 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 6225 ** unconditional update of the change counters. 6226 ** 6227 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 6228 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the 6229 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current 6230 ** transaction is committed. 6231 ** 6232 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled 6233 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, 6234 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly 6235 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 6236 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. 6237 */ 6238 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ 6239 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6240 6241 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6242 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6243 ); 6244 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6245 6246 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the 6247 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect 6248 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter 6249 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. 6250 ** 6251 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not 6252 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of 6253 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the 6254 ** "if( isDirect )" condition. 6255 */ 6256 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6257 # define DIRECT_MODE 0 6258 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); 6259 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); 6260 #else 6261 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode 6262 #endif 6263 6264 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ 6265 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ 6266 6267 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 6268 6269 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ 6270 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0); 6271 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6272 6273 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not 6274 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in 6275 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() 6276 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. 6277 */ 6278 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ 6279 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); 6280 } 6281 6282 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6283 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ 6284 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); 6285 6286 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ 6287 if( DIRECT_MODE ){ 6288 const void *zBuf; 6289 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); 6290 zBuf = pPgHdr->pData; 6291 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6292 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); 6293 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 6294 } 6295 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6296 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the 6297 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be 6298 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ 6299 const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; 6300 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 6301 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6302 } 6303 }else{ 6304 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6305 } 6306 } 6307 6308 /* Release the page reference. */ 6309 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); 6310 } 6311 return rc; 6312 } 6313 6314 /* 6315 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases 6316 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. 6317 ** 6318 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this 6319 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. 6320 */ 6321 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){ 6322 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6323 void *pArg = (void*)zSuper; 6324 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); 6325 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6326 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 6327 assert( !MEMDB ); 6328 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); 6329 } 6330 return rc; 6331 } 6332 6333 /* 6334 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in 6335 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 6336 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 6337 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. 6338 ** 6339 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is 6340 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6341 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 6342 ** returned. 6343 */ 6344 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 6345 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6346 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6347 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6348 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6349 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6350 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6351 ); 6352 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6353 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6354 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 6355 } 6356 } 6357 return rc; 6358 } 6359 6360 /* 6361 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zSuper points to the name 6362 ** of a super-journal file that should be written into the individual 6363 ** journal file. zSuper may be NULL, which is interpreted as no 6364 ** super-journal (a single database transaction). 6365 ** 6366 ** This routine ensures that: 6367 ** 6368 ** * The database file change-counter is updated, 6369 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), 6370 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 6371 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and 6372 ** * the database file synced. 6373 ** 6374 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 6375 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 6376 ** delete the super-journal file if specified). 6377 ** 6378 ** Note that if zSuper==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value 6379 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. 6380 ** 6381 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself 6382 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to 6383 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the 6384 ** journal file in this case. 6385 */ 6386 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( 6387 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 6388 const char *zSuper, /* If not NULL, the super-journal name */ 6389 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ 6390 ){ 6391 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6392 6393 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6394 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6395 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6396 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 6397 ); 6398 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6399 6400 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ 6401 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6402 6403 /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */ 6404 if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR; 6405 6406 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zSuper=%s nSize=%d\n", 6407 pPager->zFilename, zSuper, pPager->dbSize)); 6408 6409 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ 6410 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; 6411 6412 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 6413 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 6414 if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){ 6415 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this 6416 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any 6417 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */ 6418 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 6419 }else{ 6420 PgHdr *pList; 6421 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6422 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; 6423 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6424 if( pList==0 ){ 6425 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. 6426 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ 6427 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0); 6428 pList = pPageOne; 6429 pList->pDirty = 0; 6430 } 6431 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6432 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ 6433 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); 6434 } 6435 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); 6436 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6437 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6438 } 6439 }else{ 6440 /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method 6441 ** should be used. No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write 6442 ** is enabled. 6443 */ 6444 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 6445 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 6446 int bBatch = zSuper==0 /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */ 6447 && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 6448 && !pPager->noSync 6449 && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd); 6450 #else 6451 # define bBatch 0 6452 #endif 6453 6454 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6455 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it 6456 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization 6457 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 6458 ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 6459 ** 6460 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for 6461 ** blocks of size page-size, and 6462 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and 6463 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. 6464 ** 6465 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the 6466 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change 6467 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but 6468 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() 6469 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call 6470 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect 6471 ** mode. 6472 ** 6473 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, 6474 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter 6475 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be 6476 ** created for this transaction. 6477 */ 6478 if( bBatch==0 ){ 6479 PgHdr *pPg; 6480 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6481 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6482 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6483 ); 6484 if( !zSuper && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6485 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 6486 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize 6487 && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) 6488 ){ 6489 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 6490 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 6491 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 6492 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 6493 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. 6494 */ 6495 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); 6496 }else{ 6497 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6498 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6499 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6500 } 6501 } 6502 } 6503 #else /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */ 6504 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 6505 if( zSuper ){ 6506 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6507 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6508 assert( bBatch==0 ); 6509 } 6510 #endif 6511 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6512 #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */ 6513 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6514 6515 /* Write the super-journal name into the journal file. If a 6516 ** super-journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 6517 ** or if zSuper is NULL (no super-journal), then this call is a no-op. 6518 */ 6519 rc = writeSuperJournal(pPager, zSuper); 6520 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6521 6522 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. 6523 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 6524 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. 6525 ** 6526 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the 6527 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the 6528 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive 6529 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 6530 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant 6531 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 6532 */ 6533 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); 6534 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6535 6536 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6537 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 6538 if( bBatch ){ 6539 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6540 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6541 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList); 6542 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6543 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6544 } 6545 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6546 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6547 } 6548 } 6549 6550 if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ 6551 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6552 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6553 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 6554 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6555 } 6556 bBatch = 0; 6557 }else{ 6558 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 6559 } 6560 } 6561 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */ 6562 6563 if( bBatch==0 ){ 6564 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList); 6565 } 6566 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6567 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); 6568 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6569 } 6570 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6571 6572 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 6573 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database 6574 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the 6575 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the 6576 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file 6577 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ 6578 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 6579 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); 6580 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 6581 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); 6582 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6583 } 6584 6585 /* Finally, sync the database file. */ 6586 if( !noSync ){ 6587 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zSuper); 6588 } 6589 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 6590 } 6591 } 6592 6593 commit_phase_one_exit: 6594 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6595 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; 6596 } 6597 return rc; 6598 } 6599 6600 6601 /* 6602 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely 6603 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and 6604 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 6605 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually 6606 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. 6607 ** 6608 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 6609 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 6610 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is 6611 ** irrevocably committed. 6612 ** 6613 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager 6614 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6615 */ 6616 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ 6617 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6618 6619 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. 6620 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get 6621 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ 6622 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6623 pPager->iDataVersion++; 6624 6625 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6626 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 6627 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) 6628 ); 6629 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6630 6631 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during 6632 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is 6633 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. 6634 ** 6635 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 6636 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as 6637 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made 6638 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 6639 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need 6640 ** to drop any locks either. 6641 */ 6642 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6643 && pPager->exclusiveMode 6644 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6645 ){ 6646 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); 6647 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 6648 return SQLITE_OK; 6649 } 6650 6651 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6652 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 1); 6653 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6654 } 6655 6656 /* 6657 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 6658 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. 6659 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR 6660 ** state if an error occurs. 6661 ** 6662 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, 6663 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. 6664 ** 6665 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: 6666 ** 6667 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 6668 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction 6669 ** was opened, and 6670 ** 6671 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot 6672 ** rollback at any point in the future. 6673 ** 6674 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 6675 ** rollback is successful. 6676 ** 6677 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the 6678 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to 6679 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or 6680 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. 6681 */ 6682 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ 6683 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6684 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6685 6686 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If 6687 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 6688 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. 6689 */ 6690 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6691 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; 6692 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; 6693 6694 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6695 int rc2; 6696 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); 6697 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 0); 6698 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; 6699 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6700 int eState = pPager->eState; 6701 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 6702 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6703 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 6704 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. 6705 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. 6706 */ 6707 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6708 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6709 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6710 return rc; 6711 } 6712 }else{ 6713 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); 6714 } 6715 6716 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 6717 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT 6718 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 6719 || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN 6720 ); 6721 6722 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager 6723 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. 6724 */ 6725 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6726 } 6727 6728 /* 6729 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE 6730 ** if the database is (in theory) writable. 6731 */ 6732 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ 6733 return pPager->readOnly; 6734 } 6735 6736 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 6737 /* 6738 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager. 6739 */ 6740 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ 6741 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6742 } 6743 #endif 6744 6745 /* 6746 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently 6747 ** used by the pager and its associated cache. 6748 */ 6749 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ 6750 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra 6751 + (int)(sizeof(PgHdr) + 5*sizeof(void*)); 6752 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) 6753 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) 6754 + pPager->pageSize; 6755 } 6756 6757 /* 6758 ** Return the number of references to the specified page. 6759 */ 6760 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ 6761 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); 6762 } 6763 6764 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 6765 /* 6766 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. 6767 */ 6768 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ 6769 static int a[11]; 6770 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6771 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); 6772 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); 6773 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; 6774 a[4] = pPager->eState; 6775 a[5] = pPager->errCode; 6776 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; 6777 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; 6778 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ 6779 a[9] = pPager->nRead; 6780 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; 6781 return a; 6782 } 6783 #endif 6784 6785 /* 6786 ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE, 6787 ** or _WRITE+1. The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation 6788 ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL. The _SPILL case is not contiguous because 6789 ** it was added later. 6790 ** 6791 ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the 6792 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 6793 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 6794 ** returning. 6795 */ 6796 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ 6797 6798 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 6799 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 6800 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 6801 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 6802 ); 6803 6804 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); 6805 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); 6806 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 6807 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 ); 6808 6809 eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT; 6810 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat]; 6811 if( reset ){ 6812 pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0; 6813 } 6814 } 6815 6816 /* 6817 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager. 6818 */ 6819 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ 6820 return pPager->tempFile || pPager->memVfs; 6821 } 6822 6823 /* 6824 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are 6825 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints 6826 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already 6827 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. 6828 ** 6829 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 6830 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is 6831 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6832 */ 6833 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6834 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6835 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ 6836 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6837 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ 6838 6839 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6840 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6841 assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); 6842 6843 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM 6844 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 6845 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. 6846 */ 6847 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( 6848 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint 6849 ); 6850 if( !aNew ){ 6851 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6852 } 6853 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); 6854 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; 6855 6856 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ 6857 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ 6858 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; 6859 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ 6860 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; 6861 }else{ 6862 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 6863 } 6864 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; 6865 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 6866 aNew[ii].bTruncateOnRelease = 1; 6867 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ 6868 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6869 } 6870 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6871 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); 6872 } 6873 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; 6874 } 6875 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); 6876 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); 6877 return rc; 6878 } 6879 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6880 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6881 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6882 6883 if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){ 6884 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint); 6885 }else{ 6886 return SQLITE_OK; 6887 } 6888 } 6889 6890 6891 /* 6892 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. 6893 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 6894 ** created savepoint. 6895 ** 6896 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. 6897 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with 6898 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes 6899 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. 6900 ** 6901 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 6902 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint 6903 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate 6904 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than 6905 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. 6906 ** 6907 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current 6908 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 6909 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate 6910 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 6911 ** contents of the database to its original state. 6912 ** 6913 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 6914 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), 6915 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. 6916 ** 6917 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, 6918 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 6919 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6920 */ 6921 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ 6922 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6923 6924 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6925 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6926 #endif 6927 6928 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6929 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6930 6931 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ 6932 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6933 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ 6934 6935 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this 6936 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 6937 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. 6938 */ 6939 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); 6940 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 6941 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 6942 } 6943 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; 6944 6945 /* Truncate the sub-journal so that it only includes the parts 6946 ** that are still in use. */ 6947 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ 6948 PagerSavepoint *pRel = &pPager->aSavepoint[nNew]; 6949 if( pRel->bTruncateOnRelease && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6950 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ 6951 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6952 i64 sz = (pPager->pageSize+4)*(i64)pRel->iSubRec; 6953 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, sz); 6954 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6955 } 6956 pPager->nSubRec = pRel->iSubRec; 6957 } 6958 } 6959 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. 6960 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has 6961 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to 6962 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. 6963 */ 6964 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 6965 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; 6966 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); 6967 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); 6968 } 6969 6970 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6971 /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled 6972 ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way, 6973 ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction 6974 ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */ 6975 else if( 6976 pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6977 && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6978 ){ 6979 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6980 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6981 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6982 } 6983 #endif 6984 } 6985 6986 return rc; 6987 } 6988 6989 /* 6990 ** Return the full pathname of the database file. 6991 ** 6992 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if 6993 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when 6994 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy 6995 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to 6996 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can 6997 ** participate in shared-cache. 6998 ** 6999 ** The return value to this routine is always safe to use with 7000 ** sqlite3_uri_parameter() and sqlite3_filename_database() and friends. 7001 */ 7002 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ 7003 static const char zFake[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; 7004 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? &zFake[4] : pPager->zFilename; 7005 } 7006 7007 /* 7008 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. 7009 */ 7010 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ 7011 return pPager->pVfs; 7012 } 7013 7014 /* 7015 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated 7016 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has 7017 ** not yet been opened. 7018 */ 7019 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ 7020 return pPager->fd; 7021 } 7022 7023 /* 7024 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists). 7025 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file. 7026 */ 7027 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){ 7028 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7029 return pPager->jfd; 7030 #else 7031 return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd; 7032 #endif 7033 } 7034 7035 /* 7036 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. 7037 */ 7038 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ 7039 return pPager->zJournal; 7040 } 7041 7042 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 7043 /* 7044 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. 7045 ** 7046 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at 7047 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be 7048 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already 7049 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. 7050 ** 7051 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any 7052 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes 7053 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. 7054 ** 7055 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be 7056 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction 7057 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement 7058 ** transaction is active). 7059 ** 7060 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being 7061 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 7062 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 7063 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. 7064 ** 7065 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error 7066 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. 7067 */ 7068 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ 7069 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ 7070 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ 7071 int rc; /* Return code */ 7072 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ 7073 7074 assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); 7075 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 7076 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 7077 ); 7078 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7079 7080 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal 7081 ** the page we are moving from. 7082 */ 7083 assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB ); 7084 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 7085 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); 7086 if( rc ) return rc; 7087 } 7088 7089 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest 7090 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 7091 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: 7092 ** 7093 ** BEGIN; 7094 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> 7095 ** SAVEPOINT one; 7096 ** <Move page X to location Y> 7097 ** ROLLBACK TO one; 7098 ** 7099 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not 7100 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" 7101 ** statement were is processed. 7102 ** 7103 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into 7104 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function 7105 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. 7106 */ 7107 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 7108 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg)) 7109 ){ 7110 return rc; 7111 } 7112 7113 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 7114 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); 7115 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) 7116 7117 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can 7118 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. 7119 ** 7120 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that 7121 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 7122 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. 7123 */ 7124 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ 7125 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; 7126 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || 7127 pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); 7128 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 7129 } 7130 7131 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it 7132 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 7133 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 7134 ** for the page moved there. 7135 */ 7136 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7137 pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 7138 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 || CORRUPT_DB ); 7139 if( pPgOld ){ 7140 if( NEVER(pPgOld->nRef>1) ){ 7141 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 7142 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 7143 } 7144 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); 7145 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 7146 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might 7147 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ 7148 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); 7149 }else{ 7150 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); 7151 } 7152 } 7153 7154 origPgno = pPg->pgno; 7155 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); 7156 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 7157 7158 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues 7159 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld 7160 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. 7161 */ 7162 if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){ 7163 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); 7164 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 7165 } 7166 7167 if( needSyncPgno ){ 7168 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 7169 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. 7170 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 7171 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by 7172 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 7173 ** flag. 7174 ** 7175 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due 7176 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] 7177 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in 7178 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before 7179 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in 7180 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. 7181 */ 7182 PgHdr *pPgHdr; 7183 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0); 7184 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7185 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 7186 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); 7187 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); 7188 } 7189 return rc; 7190 } 7191 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7192 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); 7193 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); 7194 } 7195 7196 return SQLITE_OK; 7197 } 7198 #endif 7199 7200 /* 7201 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page 7202 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's 7203 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to 7204 ** the value passed as the third parameter. 7205 */ 7206 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ 7207 assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew ); 7208 pPg->flags = flags; 7209 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew); 7210 } 7211 7212 /* 7213 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. 7214 */ 7215 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ 7216 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); 7217 return pPg->pData; 7218 } 7219 7220 /* 7221 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 7222 ** allocated along with the specified page. 7223 */ 7224 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ 7225 return pPg->pExtra; 7226 } 7227 7228 /* 7229 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one 7230 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7231 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then 7232 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. 7233 ** 7234 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7235 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) 7236 ** locking-mode. 7237 */ 7238 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7239 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY 7240 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 7241 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 7242 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); 7243 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); 7244 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); 7245 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ 7246 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; 7247 } 7248 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; 7249 } 7250 7251 /* 7252 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: 7253 ** 7254 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7255 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7256 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7257 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7258 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 7259 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7260 ** 7261 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. 7262 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: 7263 ** 7264 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF 7265 ** or _MEMORY. 7266 ** 7267 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. 7268 ** 7269 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. 7270 */ 7271 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7272 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ 7273 7274 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ 7275 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE /* 0 */ 7276 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST /* 1 */ 7277 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF /* 2 */ 7278 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE /* 3 */ 7279 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY /* 4 */ 7280 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL /* 5 */ ); 7281 7282 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and 7283 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed 7284 ** to WAL mode. 7285 */ 7286 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7287 7288 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to 7289 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF 7290 */ 7291 if( MEMDB ){ 7292 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); 7293 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7294 eMode = eOld; 7295 } 7296 } 7297 7298 if( eMode!=eOld ){ 7299 7300 /* Change the journal mode. */ 7301 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 7302 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; 7303 7304 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal 7305 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, 7306 ** delete the journal file. 7307 */ 7308 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 7309 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 7310 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); 7311 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); 7312 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); 7313 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); 7314 7315 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); 7316 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ 7317 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is 7318 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file 7319 ** here is an optimization only. 7320 ** 7321 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the 7322 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted 7323 ** while it is in use by some other client. 7324 */ 7325 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7326 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ 7327 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7328 }else{ 7329 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7330 int state = pPager->eState; 7331 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); 7332 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7333 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); 7334 } 7335 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 7336 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 7337 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 7338 } 7339 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7340 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7341 } 7342 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ 7343 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7344 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7345 pager_unlock(pPager); 7346 } 7347 assert( state==pPager->eState ); 7348 } 7349 }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7350 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7351 } 7352 } 7353 7354 /* Return the new journal mode */ 7355 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7356 } 7357 7358 /* 7359 ** Return the current journal mode. 7360 */ 7361 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7362 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7363 } 7364 7365 /* 7366 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the 7367 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database 7368 ** is unmodified. 7369 */ 7370 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7371 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7372 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; 7373 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; 7374 return 1; 7375 } 7376 7377 /* 7378 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. 7379 ** 7380 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. 7381 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. 7382 */ 7383 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ 7384 if( iLimit>=-1 ){ 7385 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; 7386 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); 7387 } 7388 return pPager->journalSizeLimit; 7389 } 7390 7391 /* 7392 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module 7393 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module 7394 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and 7395 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. 7396 */ 7397 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ 7398 return &pPager->pBackup; 7399 } 7400 7401 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM 7402 /* 7403 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. 7404 */ 7405 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ 7406 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 7407 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); 7408 } 7409 #endif 7410 7411 7412 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7413 /* 7414 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", 7415 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 7416 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. 7417 ** 7418 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. 7419 */ 7420 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint( 7421 Pager *pPager, /* Checkpoint on this pager */ 7422 sqlite3 *db, /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */ 7423 int eMode, /* Type of checkpoint */ 7424 int *pnLog, /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */ 7425 int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */ 7426 ){ 7427 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7428 if( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 7429 /* This only happens when a database file is zero bytes in size opened and 7430 ** then "PRAGMA journal_mode=WAL" is run and then sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 7431 ** is invoked without any intervening transactions. We need to start 7432 ** a transaction to initialize pWal. The PRAGMA table_list statement is 7433 ** used for this since it starts transactions on every database file, 7434 ** including all ATTACHed databases. This seems expensive for a single 7435 ** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() call, but it happens very rarely. 7436 ** https://sqlite.org/forum/forumpost/fd0f19d229156939 7437 */ 7438 sqlite3_exec(db, "PRAGMA table_list",0,0,0); 7439 } 7440 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7441 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode, 7442 (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler), 7443 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, 7444 pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, 7445 pnLog, pnCkpt 7446 ); 7447 } 7448 return rc; 7449 } 7450 7451 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ 7452 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); 7453 } 7454 7455 /* 7456 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the 7457 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. 7458 */ 7459 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ 7460 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; 7461 if( pPager->noLock ) return 0; 7462 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); 7463 } 7464 7465 /* 7466 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock 7467 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. 7468 */ 7469 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 7470 int rc; /* Return code */ 7471 7472 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7473 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 7474 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7475 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 7476 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ 7477 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7478 } 7479 7480 return rc; 7481 } 7482 7483 /* 7484 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 7485 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE 7486 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index 7487 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. 7488 */ 7489 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ 7490 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7491 7492 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); 7493 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7494 7495 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 7496 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 7497 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL 7498 ** file, to make sure this is safe. 7499 */ 7500 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 7501 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7502 } 7503 7504 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 7505 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. 7506 */ 7507 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7508 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 7509 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, 7510 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal 7511 ); 7512 } 7513 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7514 7515 return rc; 7516 } 7517 7518 7519 /* 7520 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call 7521 ** this function. 7522 ** 7523 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database 7524 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file 7525 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, 7526 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 7527 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is 7528 ** not modified in either case. 7529 ** 7530 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if 7531 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK 7532 ** without doing anything. 7533 */ 7534 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( 7535 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 7536 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ 7537 ){ 7538 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 7539 7540 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7541 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); 7542 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); 7543 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); 7544 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); 7545 7546 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ 7547 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 7548 7549 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ 7550 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7551 7552 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7553 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7554 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; 7555 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 7556 } 7557 }else{ 7558 *pbOpen = 1; 7559 } 7560 7561 return rc; 7562 } 7563 7564 /* 7565 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior 7566 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. 7567 ** 7568 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 7569 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an 7570 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. 7571 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. 7572 */ 7573 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 7574 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7575 7576 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7577 7578 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, 7579 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to 7580 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. 7581 */ 7582 if( !pPager->pWal ){ 7583 int logexists = 0; 7584 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7585 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7586 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 7587 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists 7588 ); 7589 } 7590 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ 7591 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7592 } 7593 } 7594 7595 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on 7596 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. 7597 */ 7598 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ 7599 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7600 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7601 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, 7602 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); 7603 pPager->pWal = 0; 7604 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7605 if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7606 } 7607 } 7608 return rc; 7609 } 7610 7611 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT 7612 /* 7613 ** If pager pPager is a wal-mode database not in exclusive locking mode, 7614 ** invoke the sqlite3WalWriteLock() function on the associated Wal object 7615 ** with the same db and bLock parameters as were passed to this function. 7616 ** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. 7617 */ 7618 int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager *pPager, int bLock){ 7619 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7620 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->exclusiveMode==0 ){ 7621 rc = sqlite3WalWriteLock(pPager->pWal, bLock); 7622 } 7623 return rc; 7624 } 7625 7626 /* 7627 ** Set the database handle used by the wal layer to determine if 7628 ** blocking locks are required. 7629 */ 7630 void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 7631 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 7632 sqlite3WalDb(pPager->pWal, db); 7633 } 7634 } 7635 #endif 7636 7637 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT 7638 /* 7639 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot 7640 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error. 7641 */ 7642 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){ 7643 int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7644 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7645 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot); 7646 } 7647 return rc; 7648 } 7649 7650 /* 7651 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a 7652 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it 7653 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error. 7654 */ 7655 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen( 7656 Pager *pPager, 7657 sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot 7658 ){ 7659 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7660 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7661 sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); 7662 }else{ 7663 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7664 } 7665 return rc; 7666 } 7667 7668 /* 7669 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this 7670 ** is not a WAL database, return an error. 7671 */ 7672 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){ 7673 int rc; 7674 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7675 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal); 7676 }else{ 7677 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7678 } 7679 return rc; 7680 } 7681 7682 /* 7683 ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database. 7684 ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise, 7685 ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then 7686 ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still 7687 ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned. 7688 ** 7689 ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if 7690 ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error 7691 ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER 7692 ** lock is released before returning. 7693 */ 7694 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ 7695 int rc; 7696 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7697 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); 7698 }else{ 7699 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7700 } 7701 return rc; 7702 } 7703 7704 /* 7705 ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to 7706 ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(). 7707 */ 7708 void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager){ 7709 assert( pPager->pWal ); 7710 sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager->pWal); 7711 } 7712 7713 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ 7714 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ 7715 7716 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 7717 /* 7718 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If 7719 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more 7720 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the 7721 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file 7722 ** is empty, return 0. 7723 */ 7724 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ 7725 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 7726 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); 7727 } 7728 #endif 7729 7730 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ 7731